Commit graph

2049 commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Ilan Peer
ea6bf29ea3 nl80211: Add indoor only and GO concurrent flags
Add the following channel flags:

* INDOOR_ONLY: The channel can be used if and only if there is a clear
  assessment that the device is operating in an indoor environment, i.e.,
  it is AC power.

* CONCURRENT_GO: The channel can be used for instantiating a GO if and
  only if there is an additional station interface that is currently
  connected to an AP on the same channel or on the same U-NII band
  (assuming that the AP is an authorized master).

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-10-26 01:23:46 +03:00
Ilan Peer
0a44358055 wpa_supplicant: Use the 'no_ir' notation
Use the 'no_ir' notation instead of the 'passive scan' and
'no_ibss' notations to match the earlier change in nl80211.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-10-26 01:23:43 +03:00
Thomas Pedersen
476e6bb68d mesh: Add mesh mode config option
Modify network mode to support mode number 5 when CONFIG_MESH is
enabled.

Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@noack.us>
2014-10-25 17:45:35 +03:00
Bob Copeland
5551bc9cb2 nl80211: Do not try to change supported rates
For mesh mode to work properly, set supported rates only once.

Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2014-10-25 15:54:57 +03:00
Bob Copeland
7a228b5c3f nl80211: Add STA flag WPA_STA_AUTHENTICATED
This is needed for managing STA entries for mesh use cases.

Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2014-10-25 15:54:47 +03:00
Bob Copeland
7c7e7877fc nl80211: Add plink_action_field to hostapd_sta_add_params
Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2014-10-25 15:54:38 +03:00
Bob Copeland
0d391b03e7 nl80211: Reject deauth/disassoc for mesh interface
sta_info call these to send out the disassoc and deauth frame
which are both not relevent to mesh. So don't send them.

Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2014-10-25 13:47:48 +03:00
Bob Copeland
afb0550a39 nl80211: Register to receive mesh frames
Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2014-10-25 13:47:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
aed8d4d1ff nl80211: Write channel type in debug log on channel switch event
This makes it easier to understand what kind of channel switch was
indicated by the driver.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-25 11:28:56 +03:00
Eliad Peller
da1080d721 nl80211: Advertise and configure SMPS modes
Advertise static/dynamic SMPS mode support (according to the wiphy
feature bits) and pass the configured smps_mode when starting the AP.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2014-10-24 01:29:08 +03:00
Eliad Peller
8f461b50cf HT: Pass the smps_mode in AP parameters
The driver needs to know what SMPS mode it should use.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2014-10-24 01:27:31 +03:00
Eliad Peller
04ee647d58 HT: Let the driver advertise its supported SMPS modes for AP mode
Add smps_modes field, and let the driver fill it with its supported SMPS
modes (static/dynamic). This will let us start an AP with specific SMPS
mode (e.g., dynamic) that will allow it to reduce its power usage.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2014-10-24 01:25:29 +03:00
Chet Lanctot
b41f26845a Add support for offloading key management operations to the driver
This commit introduces a QCA vendor command and event to provide an
option to use extended versions of the nl80211 connect/roam operations
in a way that allows drivers to offload key management operations to the
driver/firmware.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-23 18:38:50 +03:00
Johannes Berg
97752f7930 Revert "nl80211: Do not indicate P2P_DEVICE support by default"
This reverts commit 851b0c5581.

The kernel now has full support for this (and it is turned off
by default for hwsim) so wpa_supplicant should really go back
to autodetecting this so clients don't have to figure out what
to do.

Also add a debug message stating that P2P_DEVICE support is used.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-22 10:54:02 +03:00
Bob Copeland
a52024c976 nl80211: Add new peer candidate event for mesh
Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2014-10-19 12:58:13 +03:00
Bob Copeland
7e31703e4d nl80211: Add support for sta_add flags_mask
Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2014-10-19 12:58:13 +03:00
Bob Copeland
6c1664f605 nl80211: Add new commands to support mesh interfaces
Create init_mesh, mesh_join, and mesh_leave actions to kernel.

Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2014-10-19 12:58:13 +03:00
Bob Copeland
24bd4e0be5 nl80211: Add driver flag to indicate mesh support
Convert the driver flags variable to u64 since there was no room for
more flags.

Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2014-10-19 12:58:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
54a800dd51 netlink: Fix RTM_SETLINK padding at the end of the message
While the kernel seems to have accepted the message to set linkmode and
operstate without the final attribute getting padded to 32-bit length,
it is better to get this cleaned up to match expected format. The double
NLMSG_ALIGN() followed by RTA_LENGTH() did not make much sense here.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-12 19:27:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3eafc494d8 Fix CONFIG_NO_SCAN_PROCESSING=y build
ht_supported() was used but not defined in such a case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-12 17:02:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
93da049851 nl80211: Be more consistent with linux_set_iface_flags() result
Check the return value and write a debug message if this operation
failes (CID 74146).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-11 18:43:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
01b3bbfc66 test: Remove driver_test.c
The driver_test.c driver wrapper (-Dtest in wpa_supplicant and
driver=test in hostapd) was previously used for testing without real
Wi-Fi hardware. mac80211_hwsim-based tests have practically replaced all
these needs and there has been no improvements or use for driver_test.c
in a long while. Because of this, there has not really been any effort
to maintain this older test tool and no justification to change this
either. Remove the obsoleted test mechanism to clean up the repository.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-11 17:46:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
59d7148ad7 nl80211: Provide subtype and reason code for AP SME drivers
This allows drivers that implement AP SME internally to generate a
Deauthentication or Disassociation frame with the specified reason code.
This was already done with drivers that use hostapd/wpa_supplicant for
AP SME.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-10 20:05:37 +03:00
Janusz Dziedzic
4ec68377ef wpa_supplicant: Use hostapd_freq_params in assoc_params
Use hostapd_freq_params instead of simple frequency parameter for driver
commands. This is preparation for IBSS configuration to allow use of
HT/VHT in IBSS.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2014-10-04 18:43:42 +03:00
Dan Williams
3e0272ca00 nl80211: Re-read MAC address on RTM_NEWLINK
Commit 97279d8d (after hostap-2.0) dropped frame events from foreign
addresses. Unfortunately this commit did not handle the case where the
interface's MAC address might be changed externally, which other
wpa_supplicant code already handled. This causes the driver to reject
any MLME event because the address from the event doesn't match the
stale address in the driver data.

Changing an interface's MAC address requires that the interface be
down, the change made, and then the interface brought back up. This
triggers an RTM_NEWLINK event which driver_nl80211.c can use to
re-read the MAC address of the interface.

Signed-hostap: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
2014-10-04 16:41:20 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5dfbd725a9 nl80211: Add get_bss_ifindex() helper
This can be used to fetch a BSS entry based on interface index.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-04 16:21:03 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
984dadc23a TDLS: Set the initiator during tdls_mgmt operations
Some drivers need to know the initiator of a TDLS connection in order
to generate a correct TDLS mgmt packet. It is used to determine
the link identifier IE. Pass this information to the driver.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
2014-10-03 11:52:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
01cb5df20c Sync with wireless-testing.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2014-10-02.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-03 11:39:27 +03:00
Ilan Peer
ca3c6b4da7 nl80211: Fix compatibility with older version of libnl
Commit 97ed9a06df ('nl80211: Remove bridge
FDB entry upon sta_remove()') used nl_sock and nl_socket_* functions
which are not compatible with older versions of libnl. Fix this.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-10-03 11:34:51 +03:00
Kyeyoon Park
97ed9a06df nl80211: Remove bridge FDB entry upon sta_remove()
The FDB entry removal ensures that the traffic destined for a
disassociated station's MAC address is no longer forwarded from the
bridge to the BSS.

Signed-off-by: Kyeyoon Park <kyeyoonp@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-09-29 13:10:13 +03:00
Janusz Dziedzic
dbdc9a1d48 nl80211: Fix memory leak on start radar detection error path
Free nlmsg if failing to start radar detection.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2014-09-28 11:03:48 +03:00
Janusz Dziedzic
ed8e005973 hostap: nl80211 use nl80211_put_freq_params
Use nl80211_put_freq_params when it possible. Remove
duplicated code.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2014-09-27 21:47:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fee354c74d nl80211: Add command for changing local MAC address
This can be used to allow wpa_supplicant to control local MAC address
for connections.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-09-27 19:11:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b497a21267 nl80211: Ignore auth/assoc events when testing driver-SME
Previously, extra connect/roam events were ignored when user space SME
was used to avoid confusing double events for association. However,
there was no matching code for ignoring auth/assoc events when using
driver SME. Such events would not normally show up since the driver SME
case would not generated them. However, when testing forced connect
command with force_connect_cmd=1 driver param, these events are
indicated.

Ignore the extra events in testing cases to make the hwsim test cases
match more closely the real code path for driver SME. In addition, this
resolves some test case failures where double association event could
end up causing a failure, e.g., when doing PMKSA caching in
pmksa_cache_oppurtunistic_connect.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-09-27 16:12:41 +03:00
Dan Williams
7a4a93b959 dbus: Add SignalPoll() method to report current signal properties
Analogous to the control interface's SIGNAL_POLL request.

Signed-hostap: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
2014-09-13 17:21:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0800f9ee6c nl80211: Add roaming policy update using QCA vendor command
This allows updating roaming policy for drivers that select the BSS
internally so that wpa_supplicant (based on bssid parameter
configuration) and the driver remain in sync.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-09-11 15:59:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0ef023e478 Add support for driver command to update roaming policy
The network block bssid parameter can be used to force a specific BSS to
be used for a connection. It is also possible to modify this parameter
during an association. Previously, that did not result in any
notification to the driver which was somewhat problematic with drivers
that take care of BSS selection. Add a new mechanism to allow
wpa_supplicant to provide a driver update if the bssid parameter change
for the current connection modifies roaming policy (roaming
allowed/disallowed within ESS).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-09-11 15:59:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0cd9846c63 nl80211: Print debug info on STA flag changes
This makes it easier to follow how kernel STA flags are managed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-09-11 11:25:04 +03:00
Eduardo Abinader
3ee18569f5 nl80211: Register eloop after hs20 action frame
Even when hs20 action frame is unable to be registered,
for whatever reason, it should be possible to register
event handle for received driver messages. This patch also
avoids a segmentation fault, when p2p and hs20 were enabled
and GO NEG was unable to create p2p iface, the destroy eloop
was crashing by reading an invalid handle.

Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardo.abinader@openbossa.org>
2014-09-07 19:22:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f2e9083549 nl80211: Add more RTM_NEWLINK/DELLINK debug messages
This makes it easier to figure out what operations are generating each
RTM_DELLINK message.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-09-01 16:18:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
728ff2f469 nl80211: Fix RTM_DELLINK processing for bridge events
When a netdev is removed from a bridge, RTM_DELLINK message is received
with ifname (IFLA_IFNAME) pointing to the main netdev event though that
netdev is not deleted. This was causing issues with P2P GO interface
getting disabled when the netdev was removed from a bridge. Fix this by
filtering RTM_DELLINK events that are related to the bridge when
indicating interface status changes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-09-01 16:14:07 +03:00
Avinash Patil
b8d87ed296 nl80211: Disable Probe Request reporting for static AP during deinit
Disable Probe Request reporting for statically created AP interfaces
during de-initialization. We will enable it again while starting AP
operations.

Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <avinashapatil@gmail.com>
2014-08-10 11:22:30 +03:00
Avinash Patil
bf144cf649 nl80211: Do not change iftype for static AP interface
Some devices have limitations which do not allow changing virtual
interface mode from AP to station or vice versa. To work around this,
check if such AP interface is not dynamic. If such an interface is
enumarated, just set ifmode to AP and avoid setting nlmode to default
station mode on deinit.

Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <avinashapatil@gmail.com>
2014-08-10 11:19:11 +03:00
Jean-Marie Lemetayer
61157afb1c wext: Add signal_poll callback
Add a basic implementation of a signal_poll callback for wext drivers.

Signed-off-by: Jean-Marie Lemetayer <jeanmarie.lemetayer@gmail.com>
2014-08-10 11:07:05 +03:00
Cedric IZOARD
6d00ab0430 nl80211: Ensure nl_preq unregistration on driver deinit
When driver interface is destroyed (via wpa_driver_nl80211_deinit) the
"preq" nl socket isn't always deleted but the callback struct associated
is. After the interface is destroyed we may still get event on the
socket but as the callback has been freed this will cause wpa_supplicant
to crash.

This patch ensures that the "preq" socket is destroyed when destroying
the interface.

Signed-off-by: Cedric IZOARD <cedricx.izoard@intel.com>
2014-07-08 16:01:43 +03:00
Michal Kazior
5841958f26 hostapd: Use channel switch fallback on error
It's worth giving a try to fallback to re-starting BSSes at least once
hoping it works out instead of just leaving BSSes disabled.

Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
2014-06-28 11:13:11 +03:00
Michal Kazior
6782b6846b hostapd: Move CSA parameters to hostapd_data
This prepares CSA structure and logic in hostapd for multi-BSS channel
switching.

Signed-hostap: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
2014-06-28 11:02:39 +03:00
Christopher Wiley
3c5d34e30b Change channel before IBSS associations
Fix a bug where changing the mode of the interface to IBSS
fails because the interface is sitting on a channel where IBSS is
disallowed because of a previous association.

Signed-off-by: Christopher Wiley <wiley@chromium.org>
2014-06-28 10:46:33 +03:00
Christopher Wiley
ebffdbc493 nl80211: Refactor mode switch logic
In preparation for another wrinkle around switching into IBSS mode,
refactor existing mode switch logic for simplicity at the expense
of some brevity.

Signed-off-by: Christopher Wiley <wiley@chromium.org>
2014-06-28 10:42:05 +03:00
Pontus Fuchs
f95a4524c2 nl80211: Improve debug output by printing SA and DA in frames
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
2014-06-22 00:54:06 +03:00
Pontus Fuchs
dedfa440ed Print frame type name in debug output
"stype=4" becomes "stype=4 (WLAN_FC_STYPE_PROBE_REQ)" etc.

Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
2014-06-22 00:51:39 +03:00
Johannes Berg
57a8f8af38 nl80211: Use low-priority scan for OBSS scan
Some drivers may support low-priority scans, if they do then
use that for OBSS scanning.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-06-22 00:47:06 +03:00
Jithu Jance
d1bb7aeda4 nl80211: Fix non-hostapd interface addition to not call add_ifidx()
Commit b36935be1a ('nl80211: Fix EAPOL
frames not being delivered') and commit
147848ec4d ('nl80211: Do not add all
virtual interfaces to drv->if_indices') were not fully in sync and it
was possible for some non-hostapd use cases to end up adding undesired
ifindexes into the list of interfaces from which events and EAPOL frames
are processed on the parent interface. This could result, e.g., in P2P
Device management interface on getting unexpected events, including
RTM_NEWLINK event that could end up getting interpreted as an
indication of the interface being down and unavailable.

Make both add_ifidx() calls use the same criteria for adding interfaces
to the local list. This is not really a complete solution, but it is
good enough for now to fix the most visible side effects of this issue.

Signed-off-by: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2014-06-17 01:35:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ac79fcfa76 wext: Verify set_ssid results consistently (CID 62842)
Note in debug log if SSID clearing to stop pending cfg80211 association
attempts fail.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-14 12:32:53 +03:00
Ashok Kumar Ponnaiah
3dacd3ece7 atheros: Add support for new GCMP/CCMP/CMAC/GMAC cipher suites
Extend the set of supported cipher suites to include CCMP-256, GCMP,
GCMP-256, CMAC-256, GMAC, and GMAC-256 when ATH_GCM_SUPPORT=y is set in
the build configuration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-06-09 19:21:48 +03:00
Jithu Jance
d3d048310c nl80211: Work around error case prints for nl_recvmsgs on Android
I got the below prints on a particular Android platform:

I/wpa_supplicant( 2637): nl80211: send_and_recv->nl_recvmsgs failed: 20
I/wpa_supplicant( 2637): nl80211: send_and_recv->nl_recvmsgs failed: 20

In JellyBean libnl_2 code, I see that the nl_recvmsgs returns postive values
too. In some cases, nl_recvmgs return the output of nl_recv function. nl_recv
function can return Number of bytes read, 0 or a negative error code.

Looks like this positive return value for nl_recvmsgs may be specific to
Android. While this is not how the API is supposed to work, this does no
harm with upstream libnl which returns only 0 or -1 from the function.

Signed-off-by: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2014-06-01 11:25:02 +03:00
Michal Kazior
ea39367c1b nl80211: Fix wpa_driver_nl80211_if_add() failure paths
Make sure to not remove interfaces that were not created by
hostapd/wpa_supplicant. This was already done on number of the error
paths, but not all.

Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
2014-05-31 13:43:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
147848ec4d nl80211: Do not add all virtual interfaces to drv->if_indices
Commit 04eff7d5ba or something around that
timeframe may have caused a regression on how drv->if_indices gets used
with wpa_supplicant. Most (curretly likely all) wpa_supplicant virtual
interface use cases should not actually use this. This could result in
issues with P2P group interfaces delivering events to incorrect
interface (parent rather than the group interface). The previous commit
removed some of the issues, but more complete fix is to undo some of
those merged hostapd/wpa_supplicant operations.

Filter add_ifidx() uses based on hostapd vs. wpa_supplicant and iftype
to get closer to the earlier wpa_supplicant behavior for the driver
events from virtual interfaces.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-05-27 18:47:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
de88430311 nl80211: Fix del_ifidx() with mixed parent interface cases
It is possible for a virtual interface to be added and removed by
different parent interfaces. This can happen, e.g., with P2P group
interfaces if the P2P parent interface does not happen to be the first
entry in the wpa_supplicant global interface list. That first entry is
used to remove the group interface while the addition would have
happened with the dedicated P2P management interface.

This can result in the interface that added a new virtual interface
getting stuck with an obsolete ifindex value in the drv->if_indeces list
and as such, deliver some extra events to incorrect destination wpa_s
instance. In particular, this can result in INTERFACE_DISABLED event
from deletion of a P2P group interface getting delivered incorrectly to
the parent wpa_s instance which would disable that interface even though
the interface remains in enabled state.

Fix this by clearing the removed interface from all if_indeces lists
instead of just the one that was used to delete the interface. This is
the simplest approach since the ifindex is unique and there is no need
to track which interface added the new virtual interface to always hit
the same one when removing the interface.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-05-27 18:16:58 +03:00
Jithu Jance
8802326ff9 nl80211: Indicate SHA256-based AKM suites in CONNECT/ASSOCIATE
Previously, the NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES was skipped if either of these
SHA256-based AKMs was negotiated.

Signed-off-by: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2014-05-21 23:48:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c7caac56b7 nl80211: Fix send_frame freq for IBSS
bss->freq was not updated for IBSS, so whatever old value was stored
from a previous AP mode operation could end up having been used as the
channel when trying to send Authentication frames in an RSN IBSS. This
resulted in the frame not sent (cfg80211 rejects it) and potentially not
being able to re-establish connection due to 4-way handshake failing
with replay counter mismatches. Fix this by learning the operating
channel of the IBSS both when join event is received and when a
management frame is being transmitted since the IBSS may have changed
channels due to merges.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-05-15 16:56:49 +03:00
Hu Wang
8d0dd4eebc Add macsec_qca driver wrapper
This is based on driver_wired.c and provides driver interface for the
QCA MACsec driver.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-05-09 20:42:44 +03:00
Hu Wang
7baec808ef MACsec: Add driver_ops
This defines new driver_ops to be used with MACsec.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-05-09 20:05:28 +03:00
Chandrasekaran, Manishekar
ea40a575ae nl80211: Use max associated STAs information in AP mode
Propagate max associated STAs in AP mode advertised by the driver to
core wpa_supplicant implemantion. This allows wpa_supplicant to update
the P2P GO group limit information automatically without having to
configure this limit manually. The information (if available) is also
used in the generic AP implementation to control maximum number of STA
entries.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-05-09 17:12:19 +03:00
Eliad Peller
e4fa8b120b wpa_supplicant: Add Wake-on-WLAN configuration support
Add a new wowlan_triggers option to wpa_supplicant.conf. The triggers in
this key will be used to configure the kernel wowlan configuration.

For now, support only simple flags. More complex triggers can be added
later on.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
2014-04-29 18:59:12 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
959214b260 Android: Use extended P2P functionality (ANDROID_P2P) for all vendors
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-04-29 18:59:12 +03:00
Ilan Peer
52f5877afa nl80211: Take ownership of dynamically added interfaces
Indicate to cfg80211 that interfaces created by the wpa_supplicant
or hostapd are owned by them, and that in case that the socket that
created them closes, these interfaces should be removed.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-04-29 18:59:12 +03:00
Eduardo Abinader
e390df0553 nl80211: Cancel rfkill timeout on deinit
Got segfault, when freeing drv and there exists registered timeout for
blocked rfkill. This patch adds cancel timeout to avoid this.

Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardo.abinader@openbossa.org>
2014-04-29 17:55:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0bceb8d6f4 Make dl_list_first() and dl_list_last() uses easier for static analyzers
The previous check for dl_list_len() or having an entry from the list is
sufficient, but some static analyzers cannot figure out that
dl_list_first() and dl_list_last() will return non-NULL in this type of
cases. Avoid invalid reports by explicitly checking for NULL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-29 12:52:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
13a524a30d nl80211: Remove unnecessary wpa_driver_nl80211_set_freq() wrapper
This is not of any real use anymore with nl80211_set_channel() taking
care of channel setting operation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-29 12:52:10 +03:00
Peng Xu
e87ef7517e nl80211: Add support for changing AP mode channel bandwidth
Configure driver with the new channel parameters (mainly, HT 20/40 MHz
bandwidth changes) as part of set_ap().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-29 12:52:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
30575183f6 Sync with mac80211-next.git nl80211.h
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-29 12:52:09 +03:00
Peng Xu
196c9c7cd2 Make channel parameters available in set_ap() driver operation
This provides information to allow the driver to be configured for
updated channel parameters, e.g., when dynamically changing HT20/HT40
bandwidth.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-29 12:16:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0e80ea2c70 nl80211: Fix some coding style issues
Some trailing whitespace and spaces for indentation were present in the
driver wrapper and header files.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-25 19:27:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a26582cb98 Make qca-vendor.h independent of other header files
Move the definitions that depended in common.h into a separate header
file so that qca-vendor.h can be copied and used as-is in other
projects.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-25 11:41:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6d99bd8076 nl80211: Debug print HT/VHT capability override information
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-17 17:11:11 +03:00
Johannes Berg
bacb984b2d radiotap: Update radiotap parser to library version
Update the radiotap parser to the latest version of the
http://git.sipsolutions.net/radiotap.git/ library to get
parsing for vendor namespaces.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-04-13 23:49:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
142817b2f9 Add a wpa_supplicant ctrl_iface event for regdom changes
CTRL-EVENT-REGDOM-CHANGE event provides an external notification of
regulatory domain (and any driver channel list) changes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-13 16:32:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d6a36f3956 nl80211: Mask out deauth even after own deauth request
This was already done for the disconnect event, but
SME-in-wpa_supplicant case needs to do same with the deauth event to
avoid getting extra events during WPS disconnect-and-reconnect sequence.
This can speed up WPS processing by removing unnecessary failures or
retries due to the extra event being processed during the next
association attempt.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-13 11:39:49 +03:00
Felix Fietkau
83c4cb5217 nl80211: Handle multiple interface combinations for P2P
The first combination may allow single-channel concurrency for
P2P + managed, but there may be others that allow multi-channel
concurrency. Parse all of them to find the maximum number of channels.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
2014-04-11 19:22:00 +03:00
Abhishek Singh
9392c9be7a nl80211: Use LEAVE_IBSS with driver-based-SME
NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS was used only with wpa_supplicant-based SME.
Extend this to drivers that implement SME internally.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-10 19:51:51 +03:00
Janusz Dziedzic
bbbacbf2f8 DFS: Print CAC info in ctrl_iface STATUS command
Print CAC time and CAC left time in control interface STATUS command.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2014-03-28 23:02:45 +02:00
Maxime Bizon
5c9da160a5 nl80211: Set all BSS interfaces down when tearing down AP in MBSS mode
If the interface was not added by hostapd, it could have been left up
when disabling the AP.

Signed-off-by: Maxime Bizon <mbizon@freebox.fr>
2014-03-27 16:45:25 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
96ecea5eb1 Pass TDLS peer capability information in tdls_mgmt
While framing the TDLS Setup Confirmation frame, the driver needs to
know if the TDLS peer is VHT/HT/WMM capable and thus shall construct the
VHT/HT operation / WMM parameter elements accordingly. Supplicant
determines if the TDLS peer is VHT/HT/WMM capable based on the presence
of the respective IEs in the received TDLS Setup Response frame.

The host driver should not need to parse the received TDLS Response
frame and thus, should be able to rely on the supplicant to indicate
the capability of the peer through additional flags while transmitting
the TDLS Setup Confirmation frame through tdls_mgmt operations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-27 15:18:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
78cd7e69de Sync with wireless-testing.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2014-03-25.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-27 14:50:39 +02:00
Maxime Bizon
b36935be1a nl80211: Fix EAPOL frames not being delivered
When hostapd choose to reuse an existing interface, it does not add it
to the set of interfaces from which we accept EAPOL packets.

Make sure we always add it to that set.

Signed-off-by: Maxime Bizon <mbizon@freebox.fr>
2014-03-26 16:37:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6997f8baab nl80211: Set interface address even if using old interface
If an existing interface is allowed to be used, its address better be
updated to match the requested one.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-26 16:33:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9b4d9c8bbc nl80211: Print if_indices list in debug log
This makes it easier to debug dynamic interface addition/removal.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-26 00:42:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
163f801ef2 nl80211: Indicate HS 2.0 OSEN AKM in connect/associate command
This allows drivers that build the WPA/RSN IEs internally to use similar
design for building the OSEN IE.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-25 18:33:21 +02:00
Amar Singhal
65d645ce43 nl80211: Fetch DFS offload capability from driver
This uses a QCA vendor extension to determine if the driver supports
fully offloaded DFS operations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-22 21:20:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1b5df9e591 nl80211: Do not indicate scan started event on scan_for_auth
The scan_for_auth workaround for cfg80211 missing a BSS entry for the
target BSS during authentication uses a single channel scan controlled
within driver_nl80211.c. This operation does not indicate
EVENT_SCAN_RESULTS to the upper layer code. However, it did report
EVENT_SCAN_STARTED and this resulted in the radio work protection code
assuming that an external program triggered a scan, but that scan never
completed. This resulted in all new radio work items getting stuck
waiting for this scan to complete.

Fix this by handling the scan_for_auth situation consistently within
driver_nl80211.c by filtering both the EVENT_SCAN_STARTED and
EVENT_SCAN_RESULTS.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-18 22:48:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e8d70a739b nl80211: Hide deauth event due to forced deauth-during-auth
If NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE fails due to exiting authentication, forced
deauthentication is used to clear cfg80211 start and a new
authentication command is retried. This resulted in an extra
disconnection event getting delivered to the core wpa_supplicant code
and that could end up confusing state there, e.g., by clearing
connection parameters like wpa_s->key_mgmt and preventing the following
association from reaching proper COMPLETED state with open networks.

Fix this by hiding the unnecessary disconnection event when using the
deauth-for-auth workaround.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-11 20:02:23 +02:00
Moshe Benji
8c06db703d nl80211: Fix P2P Device handling when starting with RF-kill blocked
On RF-kill, we should not request the kernel to start a P2P device. In
addition, we should call i802_set_iface_flags() both for a P2P Device
interface and any other interface instead of calling a dedicated
function for each.

Signed-off-by: Moshe Benji <Moshe.Benji@intel.com>
2014-03-11 19:22:03 +02:00
Simon Wunderlich
1d91f504e4 hostapd: Process management frames only once per BSS
At least in nl80211, broadcast management frames like Probe Request
frames, may be processed multiple times per BSS if multi-BSS is active
and NL80211_CMD_FRAME event is used to deliver them. In the case of
Probe Request frames, hostapd will create multiple redundant Probe
Response frames which are problematic when many BSS are on one channel.

This problem is caused by driver_nl80211 generating an event for
wpa_supplicant_event() for each BSS, and hostapd_mgmt_rx() calls
ieee802_11_mgmt() for each BSS, too.

Fix this by processing broadcast events only for the BSS the driver
intended to. The behavior is not changed for drivers not setting a BSS.

Signed-hostap: Simon Wunderlich <simon@open-mesh.com>
2014-03-11 19:07:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e6ef73f188 nl80211: Add debug print of KEY_DATA and KEY_SEQ
While these were already available from elsewhere in the debug log, it
is convenient to have the values also available at the location where
the actual nl80211 command is issued.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-11 14:59:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8f05577d11 Configure beacon interval for IBSS command
wpa_supplicant already allowed beacon interval to be configured for AP
mode operations, but this was not passed to the driver for IBSS even
though the same parameter can used for that case. Add this for the
nl80211 driver interface to allow beacon interval to be controlled for
IBSS as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-06 23:09:20 +02:00
Moshe Benji
354c903f8e AP/GO interface teardown optimization
This commit adds an option to optimize AP teardown by leaving the
deletion of keys (including group keys) and stations to the driver.

This optimization option should be used if the driver supports stations
and keys removal when stopping an AP.

For example, the optimization option will always be used for cfg80211
drivers since cfg80211 shall always remove stations and keys when
stopping an AP (in order to support cases where the AP is disabled
without the knowledge of wpa_supplicant/hostapd).

Signed-off-by: Moshe Benji <moshe.benji@intel.com>
2014-03-05 23:57:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6b9f7af651 nl80211: Extend the new vendor command for testing nl80211
CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y build of wpa_supplicant now allows arbitrary
cfg80211 commands to be performed through the new VENDOR ctrl_iface
command by using a special vendor_id ffffffff. The command identifier
(NL80211_CMD_*) is encoded as the subcmd and the attributes in the
hexformatted data area. Response attributes are returned as a hexdump.

For example, this shows a NL80211_CMD_FRAME and a response (cookie
attribute) on a little endian host:

wpa_cli -i wlan0 vendor ffffffff 59 080003004d0000000800260085090000....
0c00580000d7868c0388ffff

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-05 17:19:58 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
819f096f5b nl80211: Fix RTM event handling for dynamic interfaces
When an interface is disabled through rtm event, wpa_supplicant's
EVENT_INTERFACE_DISABLED is generated, which in turn, may
completely destroy wpa_driver_nl80211_data struct (drv). This
scenario happens now when P2P GO interface is disabled. Since this
struct may be used later in this function it causes segmentation fault.

Fix it by trying to find drv again in the interface list after
wpa_supplicant's event handling.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2014-03-04 22:30:48 +02:00
Beni Lev
adef89480d nl80211: Add vendor command support
Add a callback to the driver interface that allows vendor specific
commands to be sent. In addition, a control interface command is added
to expose this new interface outside wpa_supplicant:

Vendor command's format:
VENDOR <vendor id> <sub command id> [<hex formatted data>]

The 3rd argument will be converted to binary data and then passed as
argument to the sub command.

This interface is driver independent, but for now, this is only
implemented for the nl80211 driver interface using the cfg80211 vendor
commands.

Signed-off-by: Beni Lev <beni.lev@intel.com>
2014-03-04 22:24:20 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
d0595b25b4 nl80211: Fix tearing down WDS STA interfaces
wpa_driver_nl80211_if_remove() checks bss->if_added before deleting an
interface, which is 0 for the first BSS. The only part of
wpa_driver_nl80211_if_remove() that should get called for WDS STA
interfaces is the call to nl80211_remove_iface(), which can be pulled in
here directly.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
2014-03-04 20:13:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a8716d13bf roboswitch: Verify that register read succeeds before comparing result
If wpa_driver_roboswitch_read() fails before such comparison, the values
that are being compared are not initialized properly and as such, there
is not much point in comparing them either.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-02 17:15:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d12eb581f9 test: Use more consistent NULL checking for associate ssid parameter
This was checked once against NULL, but not on the following uses.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-02 17:15:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
64abb725ba nl80211: Allow old r-o-c offchannel TX to be tested
no_offchannel_tx=1 driver parameter can now be used to force the older
remain-on-channel -based offchannel TX design to be used with
mac80211_hwsim. This can be used to increase test coverage with the
hwsim test cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-02 10:35:34 +02:00
Kyeyoon Park
0052ce499a atheros: Add support for OSEN
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-01 00:38:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a14896e8bb HS 2.0R2 AP: Add OSEN implementation
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
95a3ea9426 HS 2.0R2: Add WNM-Notification Request for Subscription Remediation
Subscription remediation notification WNM-Notification Request is now
shown in the following way in wpa_supplicant control interface:
<3>HS20-SUBSCRIPTION-REMEDIATION http://example.com/foo/

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ae6f927258 nl80211: Add driver capability for GTK_NOT_USED
Many drivers support operation without GTK configured, but most (if any)
today do not advertise this. Handle this by skipping GTK cipher suite
configuration if the driver did not advertise support in order to work
around cfg80211 validation steps.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bfb79dde63 nl80211: Show regulatory rule flags in debug output
These can be useful in understanding why some channels are disabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-25 13:55:07 +02:00
Ilan Peer
be24917df6 nl80211: Use nl80211_set_iface_id() to get hw features data
Use nl80211_set_iface_id() in wpa_driver_nl80211_get_hw_feature_data(),
as otherwise the function fails for a P2P Device interface (which does
not have a netdev associated with it).

Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-02-14 19:30:27 +02:00
Marek Kwaczynski
8a45811638 hostapd: Add Operating Mode Notification support
Handle Operating Mode Notification received in (Re)Association Request
frames.

Signed-hostap: Marek Kwaczynski <marek.kwaczynski@tieto.com>
2014-02-14 19:30:05 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
7ac7fd43aa Add bssid/freq hint for driver-based BSS selection
This uses the new nl80211 attributes to allow the connect command to
provide bssid and freq hints to the driver without limiting roaming to
the specific BSS/frequency. This can be used by drivers that perform
internal BSS selection (WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_BSS_SELECTION) as a candidate
for initial association.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-02-13 15:14:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
56ec49c540 Sync with wireless-testing.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2014-02-12.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-02-13 14:35:01 +02:00
Yun Park
72e7fb3fd9 nl80211: Fix regression in returning to AP mode after scan
Commit b1f625e0d8 extended
ap_scan_as_station to be able to distinguish between AP and P2P GO
iftypes. However, it did this in a way that completely lost the original
mode because drv->nlmode had already been replaced with the station
mode. Fix this by storing the correct old mode.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-05 22:53:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8597ebdbd4 Fix hostapd segfault on beacon hint event
Commit 795baf773f ('hostapd: Filter
channel list updated events after country code change') uses the
EVENT_CHANNEL_LIST_CHANGED data pointer, but it updated only one of the
callers to provide that data. NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT event was
still sending the event without the initiator data and resulted in NULL
pointer dereference, e.g., if a scan was run while hostapd was running
and the driver was in world roaming state and enabled a channel for
active scans.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-03 19:34:59 +02:00
Masashi Honma
c69ed4dd49 bsd: Fix hostapd compiler warning
The hostapd compilation displays a below warning On NetBSD 6.1.2.

../src/drivers/driver_bsd.c:72:1: warning: 'get80211opmode' defined but not used

This patch solves it and moves other functions to appropriate position to
reduce #ifdef.

Signed-hostap: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-02-03 19:34:49 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
1412beeee9 nl80211: Show DFS region info in debug messages
Print DFS region info, if provided, when printing regulatory
information.

Signed-hostap: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2014-01-30 14:10:25 +02:00
Johannes Berg
ff5e1d14af nl80211: Treat RSSI as part of each sched scan matchset
The original RSSI filter semantics for scheduled scan were
really confusing - a separate matchset was created, but it
wasn't actually treated as a separate matchset in the kernel
but rather used as the global RSSI value. The RSSI matchset
thus behaved like an RSSI filter outside of the matchsets,
being ANDed rather than ORed (as normal between matchsets.)

To make this less confusing, I changed the kernel API a bit
to actually treat the RSSI inside each matchset properly,
but keeping it compatible with the old approach by using a
matchset with only an RSSI value as the default for all the
other matchsets, and adding it as a separate matchset only
if it's the only one.

The proper way for wpa_supplicant to do this then would be
to add the RSSI to each SSID matchset, and only add another
matchset without SSID if there's none with.

However, to keep compatibility with older kernels, always
keep the non-SSID matchset and only add the RSSI to all the
other matchsets. This gets close to the desired behaviour,
the only difference would be that we shouldn't add the RSSI
matchset if there are others, but stays compatible with old
and new kernels, as new ones ignore the RSSI-only matchset
if there are others and those others have an RSSI.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-01-30 14:03:53 +02:00
Michal Kazior
4b0f2282cb nl80211: Fix channel switching with VHT80
It is possible for channel switch notification to be missing channel
type attribute. This is true at least for VHT80. This led to
iface->conf->secondary_channel being set to 0. This in turn made
subsequent DFS-triggered CSA to fail due to invalid frequency
parameters.

Signed-hostap: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
2014-01-30 13:58:48 +02:00
Shital Jaju
e28f39b7e9 nl80211: Verify that ifindex attribute is included in survey
This checks if the NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX attribute is present before
trying to get the value of interface index.

Signed-hostap: Shital Jaju <shitalj@broadcom.com>
2014-01-30 13:44:07 +02:00
Arif Hussain
253f2e3795 P2P: Apply unsafe frequency rules to available channels
This adds a QCA vendor specific nl80211 event to allow the driver to
indicate a list of frequency ranges that should be avoided due to
interference or possible known co-existance constraints. Such
frequencies are marked as not allowed for P2P use to force groups to be
formed on different channels.

If a P2P GO is operating on a channel that the driver recommended not to
use, a notification about this is sent on the control interface and
upper layer code may decide to tear down the group and optionally
restart it on another channel. As a TODO item, this could also be changed
to use CSA to avoid removing the group.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 11:49:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1682c62360 Add a header file defining QCA OUI and vendor extensions
This file is used as a registry of identifier assignments from the
Qualcomm Atheros OUI 00:13:74 for purposes other than MAC address
assignment. One of the first uses will be for nl80211 vendor
commands/events which is reason for the preparation change in
driver_nl80211.c

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-24 15:58:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c5a64e2d51 GAS client: Use Protected Dual of Public Action frames with PMF
When GAS is used with PMF negotiated, Protected Dual of Public Action
frames are expected to be used instead of Public Action frames, i.e.,
the GAS/ANQP frames are expected to be encrypted. Conver Public Action
GAS queries to use Dual of Public Action frame if PMF has been
negotiated with the AP to which the frame is being sent.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-23 11:50:28 +02:00
Max Stepanov
080cc445df nl80211: Fix sizeof check in vendor command/event handling
Fix sizeof in a validity comparison of nl80211_vendor_cmd_info size. The
incorrect version happened to work on 64-bit builds due the structure
being eight octets, but this was incorrect and would not used with
32-bit builds.

Signed-hostap: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
2014-01-22 19:30:20 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
efc64886b8 nl80211: Pass station supported channel and oper class info
Pass station supported channel and operating class information to kernel
for TDLS peers.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>x
2014-01-14 17:24:33 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
3ed97271ba TDLS: Pass peer's Supported channel and oper class info during sta_add
The information of the peer's supported channel and operating class
is required for the driver to do TDLS off channel operations with a
compatible peer. Pass this information to the driver when the peer
station is getting added.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-14 17:24:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bfdc2a3172 bsd: Fix NULL pointer dereference on error path
The error path in bsd_init() on struct bsd_driver_data allocation was
jumping to location where drv is dereferenced. That will crash and it is
easier to just return from the function since no cleanup steps are
needed in this case.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 15:58:01 +02:00
Masashi Honma
38bbd06ecf bsd: Prepare event buffer on init process
Currently these three steps runs for each event.
1. get buffer size via system
2. allocate a memory for event
3. free the memory

The wpa_supplicant receives 4 events from boot to be connected.
So this patch prepare the event buffer at the init process.

I have tested wpa_supplicant on NetBSD 6.1.2.
But I could not tested hostapd because I do not have AP enabled device.

Signed-hostap: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-01-07 15:56:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
90a545ccba nl80211: Clean up netlink parsing and debug prints
This makes the RTM_NEWLINK, RTM_DELLINK, and operstate debug messages
easier to understand.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:12 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
991aa9c73f nl80211: Move CS supported flag to wpa_driver_capa
Replace channel_switch_supported flag of the
wpa_driver_nl80211_data by WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_AP_CSA inside
wpa_driver_capa.flags. It makes more sense and also can
be accessed by wpa_supplicant.

Signed-hostap: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2014-01-07 10:45:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dd43aaa509 Add helper functions for cloning and freeing scan parameters
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-05 22:35:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
949938aadf Ask driver to report only new scan results if requested
If the BSS table within wpa_supplicant is flushed, request the driver to
flush its own scan result table during the next scan. This can avoid
unexpected old BSS entries showing up after BSS_FLUSH or FLUSH command
in cases where the driver may maintain its internal cache of scan
results (e.g., cfg80211 BSS table persists at least for 15 seconds).

In addition to doing this automatically on BSS_FLUSH/FLUSH, a new SCAN
command argument, only_new=1, can be used to request a manual scan
request to do same. Though, it should be noted that this maintains the
BSS table within wpa_supplicant. BSS_FLUSH followed by SCAN command can
be used to clear all BSS entries from both the driver and
wpa_supplicant.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-02 23:03:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
101bdc2e8c Remove forgotten notes about already removed driver wrappers
These old driver wrappers have been removed quite some time ago, but
some of the build configuration notes were still describing how they
are configured.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-02 10:23:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
17b79e65a9 nl80211: Initial support for vendor commands and events
Print into the debug log the list of vendor commands and events that the
driver supports. In addition, add a generic handler for vendor events.
This can be extended for each vendor/subcmd.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-01 23:47:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fcc61230d1 Declare wpa_drivers in src/drivers/driver.h
This avoids some warnings from sparse.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-31 19:19:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
327b01d3d7 nl80211: Add driver param for forcing monitor and connect APIs
use_monitor=1 and force_connect_cmd=1 driver parameters can now be used
to force older monitor interface design and the connect API (SME in
driver) to increase hwsim testing coverage.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-31 15:45:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6f06766e71 nl80211: Fix nl_mgmt handling in partial error case
If Action frame registration in nl80211_mgmt_subscribe_non_ap() failed
for any frame type, the previous implementation skipped
nl80211_mgmt_handle_register_eloop() call. This is not desirable since
none of the Action frame types could be received and even worse, the
following nl80211_destroy_eloop_handle() call for nl_mgmt would likely
result in crashing the process due to the ELOOP_SOCKET_INVALID XOR
operation. This could be triggered at least in a P2P group interface
startup failure case.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-31 15:45:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4ea6a47133 nl80211: Prefer newer scan result over older during duplicate removal
Previously, it was possible for bss_info_handler() to end up dropping a
newer scan result entry if there were two entries with the same BSSID
and SSID (i.e., only frequency was different) and we were not associated
with either. This could happen, e.g., in some P2P use cases where device
discovery may happen on different channels. Fix this by checking the age
of the scan entries as well to prefer the most recent response.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-31 15:45:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2eef5177ad nl80211: Report set_supp_port failures in debug log
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-31 09:16:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a0bdd1916f nl80211: Share a helper function for connect and associate commands
Most of the attributes to these commands are identical and there is no
need to maintain two copies of the same functionality.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-31 09:16:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4848a38d85 Get rid of duplicated cipher suite and AKM definitions
WPA_CIPHER_* and CIPHER_* are used for the exact same set of cipher
suites with the main difference being that the WPA_CIPHER_* version is
suitable to be used as a bitfield. Similarly, WPA_KEY_MGMT_* and
KEY_MGMT_* have similar design for AKMs. There is no need to maintain
two separate copies of the definitions since the bitfield compatible
version can be used for both needs. Get rid of the CIPHER_* and
KEY_MGMT_* versions to clean up the implementation by getting rid of
unnecessary mapping functions.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-31 09:16:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
de4ed4a89b nl80211: Use helper functions for cipher suite mapping
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-31 09:16:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a565084f96 nl80211: Set control port for NL80211_CMD_COMMAND
NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT was previously set only for
NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, but it should also be set when using
NL80211_CMD_COMMAND (driver-based SME) even though none of the current
non-mac80211 drivers use this.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-31 09:15:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
35f3d3ed5f nl80211: Clean up regulatory rule debug prints
Combine maximum bandwidth and EIRP into a single debug print.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-30 23:35:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
880de8851e nl80211: Print frame registration match on same debug line
This makes debug log a bit more readable.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-30 23:35:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
152cff6ba6 P2P: Remove WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_MGMT option
The option of handling upper layer P2P management operations within the
driver/firmware was originally planned to be used with wpa_supplicant,
but this has not really happened and there is no clear sign of this
being needed in the near term either. This functionality has not been
completed and it is certainly not being kept up-to-date or tested. As
such, it is best to remove it for now and if this or something similar
is needed in the future, it can be brought back once a clear need for it
has been demonstrated first.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-29 18:20:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dbfb8e82ff Remove unnecessary EVENT_RX_ACTION
This driver event was used separately for some Action frames, but all
the driver wrappers converted to this from information that would have
been enough to indicate an EVENT_RX_MGMT event. In addition, the
received event was then converted back to a full IEEE 802.11 management
frame for processing in most cases. This is unnecessary complexity, so
get rid of the extra path and use EVENT_RX_MGMT for Action frames as
well as other management frame subtypes.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-29 17:18:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2d2ecf51aa nl80211: Fix protected Action frame reporting for AP mode
Action frame RX report through EVENT_RX_ACTION did not indicate whether
the frame was protected or not even though that information is available
in mlme_event_mgmt(). hostapd_rx_action() has a workaround for setting
the protected flag for SA Query frames, but that did not apply for other
frames, like FT Action. This broke FT-over-DS when PMF is enabled with
newer kernel versions (i.e., the ones that do not use monitor interface
for receiving management frames).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-29 10:00:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a5f40eff18 Track whether scan was started by us or an external program
This can be used to improve scan behavior in cases external programs
request scans directly from the driver.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-26 18:27:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
18ae237783 Fix comment format
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-26 18:27:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3ae3ec2727 nl80211: Add scanned frequencies/SSIDs into debug log
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-26 18:27:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bee25cc932 nl80211: Fetch cipher capabilities from the driver
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-25 11:07:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5f9c134ab4 Remove obsolete license notifications
These files have been distributed only under the BSD license option
since February 2012. Clarify the license statements in the files to
match that to avoid confusion.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-24 22:59:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bd1e328047 Android: Remove old WEXT extensions
Android has moved to nl80211, so no need to maintain these old WEXT
extensions in wpa_supplicant.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-24 22:52:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
30675c3416 Add definitions for new cipher suites from IEEE Std 802.11ac-2013
This adds initial parts for supporting the new GCMP-256, CCMP-256,
BIP-GMAC-128, BIP-GMAC-256, and BIP-CMAC-256 cipher suites.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-24 22:21:04 +02:00
Johannes Berg
acb69cec6f wpa_supplicant: Use monotonic time for RX/BSS times
The BSS table, scan timeout, and related functionality should use
monotonic time since they care about relative values (age) only.
Unfortunately, these are all connected, so the patch can't be split
further. Another problem with this is that it changes the driver wrapper
API. Though, it seems only the test driver is using this.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-24 07:27:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
429dd9aff1 Advertise QoS Map support based on driver capability
Do not assume the driver supports QoS Mapping, but instead, advertise
support for this only if CONFIG_INTERWORKING is defined and driver
indicates support for configuring QoS Map.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-12-23 11:05:20 +02:00
Kyeyoon Park
049105b486 nl80211: Add support for QoS Map configuration
This allows nl80211-based drivers to configure QoS Mapping in both AP
and station modes.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-12-23 10:44:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
74ddd64b26 nl80211: Sync with mac80211-next.git
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-23 10:44:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9fcd300db6 nl80211: Sync with wireless-testing.git
The driver_nl80211.c changes are needed to avoid compiler warnings
with two frequency attributes pointing to the same value.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-23 10:44:48 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
8d1fdde7f0 nl80211/hostapd: Extend channel switch notify handling
Adds support for VHT by parsing bandwidth and center_freq{1,2}.

Signed-hostap: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-hostap: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2013-12-07 20:50:15 -08:00
Masashi Honma
e706d2d30d bsd: Fix compilation error for NetBSD
Commit 5dd82c634c causes compilation error
on NetBSD 6.1.2. Fix compilation with #ifdef blocks.

Signed-hostap: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2013-12-07 17:46:41 -08:00
Jouni Malinen
7feff06567 Add CONFIG_CODE_COVERAGE=y option for gcov
This can be used to measure code coverage from test scripts.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-24 19:16:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
158b090cda nl80211: Fix regression in P2P group interface removal
Commit 390e489c0d extended hostapd BSS
interface removal capabilities. However, it ended up causing a
regression in wpa_supplicant P2P group interface handling. That P2P
group interface is removed through another driver_nl80211.c BSS context
and as such, the bss->added_if is not set. Fix this by verifying whether
the request is for another ifindex and if so, removing the interface
even if added_if is not marked.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-24 12:41:32 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
982189632f Android: Revert static field back to send_and_recv_msgs()
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-11-22 23:12:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5e2c3490d5 Android: Add driver_cmd for arbitrary driver commands
This is a mechanism used in Android to extend driver interface in vendor
specific ways. This is included only for the purpose of Android
compatibility. Proper interface commands should be used for any new
functionality.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-22 20:23:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0de3803610 Android: Add P2P/WPS wrappers for private lib
Android uses a vendor specific library for implementing couple of driver
interface functions. Add the wrapper code to allow that mechanism to be
used.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-22 20:23:03 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
e44a384b68 Move AP parameter filling into a helper function
Signed-hostap: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2013-11-17 17:12:58 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
1c4ffa8746 nl80211: Add channel switch implementation
Implement nl80211 switch_channel() operation.
Publish flags indicating kernel support for channel switch.

Signed-hostap: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2013-11-17 17:12:49 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
dcca2219ae wpa_supplicant: Update channel switch driver interface
Add csa_settings struct which holds parameters for CSA. Change driver
interface for switch_channel(), so that it will receive this struct and
not only the new frequency as it was before. This allows wpa_supplicant
to provide all the required parameters (beacons, proberesp, assocresp,
CSA IE) which are required by cfg80211 implementation.

Signed-hostap: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2013-11-17 16:48:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3505743395 Sync with wireless-testing.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-17 16:48:03 +02:00
Abhishek Singh
795baf773f hostapd: Filter channel list updated events after country code change
We were not filtering the EVENT_CHANNEL_LIST_CHANGED events based on the
regulatory hint initiator. So wait for EVENT_CHANNEL_LIST_CHANGED event
after our own change was triggered even when regulatory hint initiator
was the driver. This could result in the wait for the channel list to be
updated to be terminated before the real change has occurred and as
such, old channel list remaining in use when configuring
hostapd/wpa_supplicant country parameter. Fix this by filtering the
hints according to the initiator and only regulatory hints initiated by
user will be used to stop the wait.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-15 02:59:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
146fa9b38f nl80211: Do not force interface down on deinit
If wpa_supplicant or hostapd was started with the interface
already up, do not force interface down on deinit.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-09 18:05:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
49b4b2058b nl80211: Do not for station mode on hostapd deinit
If hostapd was started with the interface already in AP mode, leave the
interface in AP mode on deinit instead of unconditionally forcing it to
station mode.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-09 17:29:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
04eff7d5ba nl80211: Remove build time condition on HOSTAPD define
It is common to build wpa_supplicant with AP mode support and it is
justifiable to clean up driver_nl80211.c by removing the conditional
build blocks based on hostapd vs. wpa_supplicant builds.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-09 17:22:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0d547d5ff8 nl80211: Share more code between hostapd and wpa_supplicant
This gets rid of some ifdef HOSTAPD constructs and shares more
of the initialization code between hostapd and wpa_supplicant.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-09 17:09:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7b7de4cf94 nl80211: Remove read-only last_freq/last_freq_ht
These variables were originally used in hostapd to clear HT channel
information when exiting. However, that functionality was lost with
commit f019981aee when moving to a common
code for setting the channel. Taken into account that no one seems to
have missed this functionality over the last four years, it seems safe
to drop this rather than try to fix the old hostapd behavior.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-09 17:02:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1c6edec60c nl80211: Work around nl_socket_set_nonblocking on Android
system/core/libnl_2 does not include nl_socket_set_nonblocking(), so
need to implement that to fix the build.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-07 17:10:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
149338020b drivers: Do not call hostapd_logger()
This call requires a struct hostapd_data pointer and that is not really
something that the driver wrappers should be using.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-06 00:19:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f0793bf191 hostapd: Wait for channel list update after country code change
If hostapd is requested to set the country code and the previous country
code differs from the new one, the channel list information from the
driver may change. This change may not be instant, so wait for an
EVENT_CHANNEL_LIST_CHANGED event before continuing interface setup with
fetching of the channel list information. This fixes issues where the
selected channel is not available based on the previous regulatory data
and update through CRDA takes some time.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-03 19:51:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
884f1a3c65 nl80211: Verify radar event attributes exist before using them
While these attributes may be expected to be present always, this needs
to be verified within driver_nl80211.c since we cannot depend on the
kernel/driver working correctly.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-03 11:31:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2aec4f3c0c Allow add-BSS operation to re-use existing netdev
When removing and re-adding the first wlan# netdev to hostapd
dynamically, the netdev is already present and should not be removed and
re-added to maintain its state as not-added-by-hostapd so that it does
not get removed automatically.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-31 22:34:25 +02:00
Kyeyoon Park
390e489c0d hostapd: Allow the first BSS in a multi-BSS setup to be removed
This moves the vif added check from core hostapd to the driver wrapper
(only driver_nl80211.c uses this) and reorders operations a bit to allow
the first BSS (vif) to be removed from a multi-BSS setup.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-31 22:00:31 +02:00
Kyeyoon Park
834ee56f78 nl80211: Make wpa_driver_nl80211_data::first_bss pointer
This is needed to allow the first BSS to be removed and replaced by the
next one in the list.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-31 22:00:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
748c0ac0e7 nl80211: Fix monitor interface reference counting
The first user of monitor interface was not counted and that could
result in the monitor interface getting removed if the initial interface
was removed from a multi-BSS setup.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-31 22:00:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
08e55ebbb0 nl80211: Add a debug print for DEL_BEACON
This is quite helpful in debugging beaconing issues.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-31 22:00:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bbc706a3c3 nl80211: Add debug prints for NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-30 00:38:57 +02:00
Eliad Peller
53cfad46e2 nl80211: Mark VHT 80 MHz channels
Later on, we'll consider the availability of these
channels when starting P2P GO with VHT support.

Signed-hostap: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
2013-10-27 19:37:10 +02:00
Helmut Schaa
6651f1f9f1 nl80211: Use max tx power from regulatory domain
Previously the Country element contained the max TX power the local
hardware was capable of. Change this to just use the regulatory limit.

Signed-hostap: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
2013-10-27 18:42:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7ac3616d0f nl80211: Replace perror() and printf() calls with wpa_printf()
This avoids use of stderr and makes debug messages more consistent.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-27 17:58:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e7ecab4a3b Use ARRAY_SIZE() macro
Replace the common sizeof(a)/sizeof(a[0]) constructions with a more
readable version.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-26 17:49:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
34068ac3b1 nl80211: Add debug prints on nl_recvmsgs() failure
These libnl calls could potentially fail and it is useful to know if
that has happened.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-26 17:48:28 +03:00
Johannes Berg
10b8592183 nl80211: Make eloop sockets non-blocking
To avoid a problem where the beacon socket occasionally
blocks, mark any sockets on the eloop as non-blocking.
The previous patch reordered the code to never send a
command after a socket was put on the eloop, but now also
invalidate the nl handle pointer while it's on there.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-10-26 17:48:22 +03:00
Johannes Berg
5f65e9f717 nl80211: Abstract handling of sockets on eloop
Abstract the handling of sockets on the eloop to avoid
destroying sockets still on the eloop and also to allow
the next patch to mark the socket non-blocking.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-10-26 17:48:17 +03:00
Johannes Berg
e8d1168b73 nl80211: Register for IBSS auth frames before eloop
The IBSS code registers the bss nl_mgmt socket for auth
frames when the join event happens, but that is too late
as then the socket is already on the eloop, which could
cause problems when other events are received at the
same time as the registration is done.

Move the auth frame registration to the initial setup
before the socket is put onto the eloop.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-10-26 17:48:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0f0120148a Verify that readlink() did not truncate result
linux_br_get() was forcing null termination on the buffer, but did not
check whether the string could have been truncated. Make this more
strict by rejecting any truncation case.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-26 15:55:39 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f5eb9da304 nl80211: Clean up if_add() for hostapd use
The allocation of new_bss and its use was separated by a lot of code in
this function. This can be cleaned up by moving the allocation next to
the use, so that this all can be within a single #ifdef HOSTAPD block.
The i802_check_bridge() call was outside type == WPA_IF_AP_BSS case, but
in practice, it is only used for WPA_IF_AP_BSS (and if used for
something else, this would have resulted in NULL pointer dereference
anyway).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-26 15:55:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6cb4f11dba nl80211: Fix strerror() value in P2P Dev debug messages
send_and_recv_msgs() returns negative errno, so need to use -ret in the
strerror() call.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-26 15:55:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
24f051eb14 Replace remainining strncpy() uses with strlcpy()
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-26 15:54:47 +03:00
Michal Kazior
cd3b0700df nl80211: Fix DFS radar event parsing
Incorrect nla_get variants were used to get event type and frequency.
Kernel passes both as u32. This caused issues on tinynl/big-endian hosts
- CAC finished was treated as radar detection and frequency was 0.

Signed-hostap: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
2013-10-22 15:50:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2b72df6374 nl80211: Free BSS structure even if netdev does not exists
It is possible for a vif netdev to be removed by something else than
hostapd and if that happens for a virtual AP interface, if_remove()
handler should still free the local data structure to avoid memory leaks
if something external removes a netdev.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-22 13:35:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
41cc50d19e nl80211: Update send_action_cookie on AP-offchannel-TX path
Previously, the send_mlme->send_frame->send_frame_cmd path that could be
used when a GO sends an offchannel Action frame ended up not updating
drv->send_action_cookie. This can result in an issue with not being able
to cancel wait for the response, e.g., in invitation-to-running-group
case.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-21 18:24:20 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
56f5af489c Interworking: Add support for QoS Mapping functionality for the STA
Indicate support for QoS Mapping and configure driver to update the QoS
Map if QoS Map Set elements is received from the AP either in
(Re)Association Response or QoS Map Configure frame.

This commit adds support for receiving the frames with nl80211 drivers,
but the actual QoS Map configuration command is still missing.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-18 14:13:45 +03:00
Kyeyoon Park
850e1c2579 atheros: Add support for QoS Mapping configuration
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-18 14:13:45 +03:00
Kyeyoon Park
c551700f1f Interworking: Add support for QoS Mapping functionality for the AP
This allows QoS Map Set element to be added to (Re)Association Response
frames and in QoS Map Configure frame. The QoS Mapping parameters are
also made available for the driver interface.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-18 14:13:45 +03:00
Janusz Dziedzic
846de15d7b DFS: Add more parameters to radar events
Signed-hostap: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2013-10-17 21:05:39 +03:00
Janusz Dziedzic
04e8003c6c nl80211: Use struct hostapd_freq_params with start_dfs_cac
Signed-hostap: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2013-10-17 21:05:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a771c07dfc Add driver status information to control interface
STATUS-DRIVER command can now be used to fetch driver interface status
information. This is mainly for exporting low-level driver interface
information for debug purposes.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-09-28 17:19:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
739faee2a9 nl80211: Add some more debug prints for mgmt frame TX
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-09-28 12:10:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f78f278520 nl80211: Fix off-channel Action frame TX from GO with use_monitor
TX frequency gets lost when going through the monitor send MLME option
and this resulted in P2P operations like invitation from a GO failing
when the driver needs monitor socket, but would support offchannel TX.
Fix this by using frame_cmd path instead in case the monitor socket
would have been hit for action frame TX.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-09-28 12:08:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
af96448488 nl80211: Add more debug prints for send_mlme operations
This makes it easier to debug issues in incorrect channel use in
management frame transmission.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-25 23:18:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5d4c78fb1f nl80211: Reset nlmode to station on leaving IBSS
Previously, IBSS mode (NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC) was left in drv->nlmode
when leaving IBSS. This causes issues for send_mlme() handler for P2P
Probe Response transmission in Listen state. Fix this by clearing nlmode
back to NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION on leaving IBSS so that following P2P
operations can be executed correctly. Previously, this was fixed only
when the next authentication/association attempt in station mode
occured.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-25 23:14:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f18b7817ec nl80211: Print more debug info on management frame RX information
This can be useful in figuring out how drv->last_mgmt_freq gets set
to debug issues with P2P frames being sent on incorrect channel.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-25 17:42:00 +03:00
Kyeyoon Park
3ca96df596 atheros: Compile fix for driver code not defining IEEE80211_APPIE_FRAME_WNM
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-25 14:44:16 +03:00
Michal Kazior
50f4f2a066 hostapd: Add Automatic Channel Selection (ACS) support
This adds ACS support to hostapd. Currently only survey-based
algorithm is available.

To use ACS you need to enable CONFIG_ACS=y in .config and use
channel=0 (or channel=acs_survey) in hostapd.conf.

For more details see wiki page [1] or comments in src/ap/acs.c.

[1]: http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/acs

Signed-hostap: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
2013-08-31 11:51:06 +03:00
Michal Kazior
0185007c2e hostapd: Add survey dump support
This adds survey dump support for all frequencies
and for specific desired frequencies. This will later
be used by ACS code for spectrum heuristics.

Signed-hostap: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
2013-08-25 18:35:25 +03:00
Rui Paulo
ba873bdf86 wired: Wait for the link to become active before sending packets
Interfaces that take one or two seconds to reconfigure the link after we
set IFF_ALLMULTI or after we bring the interface up were dropping the
initial TX EAPOL packet which caused excessive delays in authentication.
This change applies to FreeBSD/DragonFly only.

Signed-hostap: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@FreeBSD.org>
2013-08-25 11:40:19 +03:00
Ilan Peer
bf83eab553 nl80211: Start P2P Device when rfkill is unblocked
Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2013-08-25 10:43:52 +03:00
Ilan Peer
60b13c2017 nl80211: Do not change type to station on P2P interfaces
It is possible that when trying to remove a dynamically added interface,
changing its type to station mode is not possible (since the kernel does
not support so in its interface combinations).

Since P2P interfaces are always dynamically added, avoid changing their
type to station in the deinit_ap() and deinit_p2p_client() nl80211
callbacks, assuming that the interface is about to be removed.

Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2013-08-25 10:20:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b378c41fbc nl80211: Fix deinit path to unregister nl_mgmt socket
Commit 8e12685c43 replaced call to
nl80211_mgmt_unsubscribe() on the deinit path with a
wpa_driver_nl80211_set_mode() call. This is not enough to unregister the
bss->nl_mgmt read socket in all cases. Fix this by unconditionally
unsubscribing from the nl80211 events after having change mode to
station.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-08-24 23:45:11 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
30158a0d80 nl80211: Update the assoc_freq during connect
drv->assoc_freq was not updated during the connect command (neither
during the command's invocation nor after getting the event) unlike with
auth/assoc case where assoc_freq is updated. This resulted in
nl80211_get_link_noise() (and any other function for that matter) using
the improper drv->assoc_freq value with drivers that use the connect
API. Fix this by updating drv->assoc_freq on connect command and when
fetching the frequency from the driver.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-08-23 15:41:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
83e7bb0e5d nl80211: Add more debug prints for DEL_STATION commands
This makes the debug log clearer on AP mode STA operations.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-08-23 12:03:28 +03:00
Rui Paulo
646f12ad4c bsd: Add a commit routine
Signed-hostap: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@FreeBSD.org>
2013-08-07 11:03:44 +03:00
Rui Paulo
32dc6a319e bsd: Mark define sta_set_flags() only for hostapd
Signed-hostap: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@FreeBSD.org>
2013-08-07 11:02:55 +03:00
Rui Paulo
70a867c268 bsd: Mark the interface down before opening the routing socket
Signed-hostap: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@FreeBSD.org>
2013-08-07 11:01:12 +03:00
Rui Paulo
89f4690005 bsd: Compute the RSSI level
Signed-hostap: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@FreeBSD.org>
2013-08-07 10:57:51 +03:00
Rui Paulo
5dd82c634c bsd: Set IEEE80211_KEY_NOREPLAY in IBSS/AHDEMO mode
Signed-hostap: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@FreeBSD.org>
2013-08-07 10:57:10 +03:00
Rui Paulo
cb76af8a35 bsd: Skip SIOCSIFFFLAGS ioctl when there is no change.
Don't issue SIOCSIFFLAGS if the interface is already up or already down.

Signed-hostap: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@FreeBSD.org>
2013-08-07 10:54:16 +03:00
Sameer Thalappil
7239ea7f01 nl80211: Add stop AP mode event API
Stop AP command can be used by the driver as an event to indicate that
AP mode has stopped operation. WLAN driver may have encountered errors
that has forced the driver to report this event or concurrent operations
on virtual interfaces may have forced AP operation to be stopped. When
in P2P GO mode, wpa_supplicant uses this event to remove P2P group to
keep in sync with the driver state.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-08-06 23:28:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dc01de8a0e nl80211: Fix TDLS key configuration to not set TX key index
The nl80211 command for setting the TX index does not distinguish TDLS
vs. AP key and as such, the driver would not know what this set TX key
index operation is doing in the TDLS case. This could result in the TX
key index for AP being changed instead if static WEP is used in the AP
connection. Fix the issue by not setting TX key index when configuring a
TDLS key.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-07-31 18:34:16 +03:00
Ilan Peer
932659696e nl80211: Remove unused WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_MULTI_CHANNEL_CONCURRENT
This is not used anymore after the previous commits that changed the
driver interface to use number of supported concurrent channels instead
of this flag.

Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2013-07-21 20:52:09 +03:00
Ilan Peer
4752147d88 nl80211: Report the number of concurrent support channels
Previously, drivers only reported if they support multiple concurrent
channels, but did not report the maximum number of supported channels.
Add this reporting to the driver capabilities and add the implementation
to driver_nl80211.

Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2013-07-21 19:49:47 +03:00
Antonio Quartulli
b21990b4bb nl80211: Register for AUTH frames when joining an IBSS network
In order to correctly handle IBSS/RSN, wpa_supplicant has to register
for any incoming Authentication frmae to properly react when those are
received.

Signed-hostap: Nicolas Cavallari <cavallar@lri.fr>
Signed-hostap: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com>
2013-07-21 15:27:19 +03:00
Nicolas Cavallari
c91f796fb4 nl80211: Support not specifying the frame frequency
If the frequency is not specified the frame is now sent over
the channel used by the current BSS.

This will also log the payload of each sent CMD_FRAME.

Signed-hostap: Nicolas Cavallari <cavallar@lri.fr>
[antonio@open-mesh.com: commit message reworded]
Signed-hostap: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com>
2013-07-21 15:24:50 +03:00
Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan
ed07764699 nl80211: Remove redundant assignment of ifindex
wpa_driver_nl80211_finish_drv_init() takes care of assigning
the interface index.

Signed-hostap: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-07-21 13:20:27 +03:00
Sujith Manoharan
69dd2967db WDS: Fix WEP usage with nl80211 wds_sta=1
The static WEP keys have to be configured for the new VLAN
interface that is created for a 4addr WDS peer, not doing so
breaks WEP functionality in nl80211/4addr based WDS links.

Signed-hostap: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-07-20 17:41:22 +03:00
Michal Kazior
c8ebeda406 wpa_supplicant: Add support for VHT BSS membership selector
This allows wpa_supplicant to associate to an AP that has VHT BSS
membership selector set to indicate VHT support is required for the BSS.

Without the patch it was impossible to connect to, e.g., hostapd-based
AP that has require_vht=1. wpa_supplicant was complaining with:
  hardware does not support required rate 63.0 Mbps

Signed-hostap: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
2013-07-20 17:28:42 +03:00
Jithu Jance
3f53c006c7 nl80211: Ignore disconnect event in case of locally generated request
Previously, there could be two disconnection events in core
wpa_supplicant when going through a case of wpa_supplicant-requested
disconnection with a driver that implements SME internally. This could
result in undesired behavior when a disconnection is followed by a new
connection attempt before the extra event has been received (e.g.,
during fast reassoc or WPS provisioning). Avoid such issues by ignoring
locally generated disconnect events after requesting cfg80211 to
disconnect.

This makes the previously used ignore_next_local_disconnect more
consistent by setting the variable within
wpa_driver_nl80211_disconnect() so that both callers get the same
behavior.

Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2013-07-20 16:06:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
54d4ba427c nl80211: Silence a compiler warning with older gcc versions
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-06-30 12:54:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
851b0c5581 nl80211: Do not indicate P2P_DEVICE support by default
Since the P2P_DEVICE support indication was added to kernel before
everything was working properly, there may be kernel versions in use
with the new mechanism breaking P2P functionality (especially with
mac80211_hwsim). For now, disable P2P_DEVICE support by default and
allow it to be enabled with driver_param=p2p_device=1 in the
configuration file. This default behavior may be changed in the future
once the kernel issues has been resolved in stable releases.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-06-30 10:50:13 +03:00
Arend van Spriel
7940c7902e nl80211: Use wdev id when cancelling wait for frame using P2P_DEVICE
Another function that needs the wdev id when P2P management is done
using the P2P_DEVICE interface.

Signed-hostap: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
2013-06-30 10:50:13 +03:00
Arend van Spriel
f608081c1d nl80211: Verify P2P GO/client address with all interface addresses
With P2P Device support there will be two interfaces with their
own MAC address. The P2P Interface Address must be unique so verify
it is.

Signed-hostap: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
2013-06-30 10:50:13 +03:00
Arend van Spriel
5fbcb45daf nl80211: Fix determining phy name for P2P Device
The phy name was determined using /sys/class/net/<ifname> but the P2P
Device is not listed there since it does not have an associated net
device. This patch changes name determination to obtain the name from
the wiphy information provide by nl80211.

Signed-hostap: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
2013-06-30 10:50:13 +03:00
Arend van Spriel
27ce1d64c4 nl80211: Fix nl80211_get_wiphy_index() for P2P Device
For P2P Device the netlink message should have wdev identifier
instead of the interface index. This fixes a failure which occurred
executing the P2P_GROUP_ADD command.

Signed-hostap: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
2013-06-30 10:50:13 +03:00
Arend van Spriel
ab7a1addf2 nl80211: Fix P2P group interface creating using P2P Device
When P2P Device is used as P2P management interface the creation of the
P2P group interface fails because MAC address retrieval fails for the
P2P Device interface.

Signed-hostap: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
2013-06-25 13:52:58 +03:00
Arend van Spriel
fa93de4059 nl80211: Use wdev_id in nl80211_create_iface_once()
For P2P an interface may be created for the P2P client/group. The
create request is done on the P2P management interface, which may
be a P2P Device interface. In that case it needs to use the wdev_id.

Signed-hostap: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
2013-06-25 13:51:59 +03:00
Arend van Spriel
fdc554b8ae nl80211: Use wdev id to obtain P2P Device scan results
In order to get a P2P-DEVICE-FOUND event the supplicant needs to
see a peer device during SEARCH and LISTEN phase. The SEARCH
phase does a scan so obtaining the scan results for the P2P Device
interface needs to be supported, i.e., use the wdev_id.

Signed-hostap: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
2013-06-25 13:51:14 +03:00
Arend van Spriel
597b94f5f4 nl80211: Add .get_mac_addr() callback for P2P Device
For P2P Device the MAC address is determined upon .init2(). The
wpa_s for this interface retrieves this address in
wpa_supplicant_update_mac_addr() using the .get_mac_addr() callback.

Signed-hostap: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
2013-06-25 13:50:21 +03:00
Arend van Spriel
8e12685c43 nl80211: Rework setting interface mode
The function setting the interface mode also handles management
frame subscription. Rework it so subscription is done for the
P2P Device interface.

Signed-hostap: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
2013-06-25 13:49:16 +03:00
Arend van Spriel
91724d6faa nl80211: Introduce i802_set_iface_flags()
The driver uses linux_set_iface_flags() in several places. Introduce and
use i802_set_iface_flags() which also works for P2P Device interface.

Signed-hostap: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
2013-06-25 13:48:03 +03:00
Arend van Spriel
eb4582f273 nl80211: Remove P2P Device interface upon .deinit()
The .deinit() closes netlink for P2P Device. Before doing that remove
the P2P Device interface that was created by wpa_supplicant.

Signed-hostap: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
2013-06-25 13:46:34 +03:00
Arend van Spriel
f632e483b1 nl80211: Fix P2P Device interface initialization
Couple of issues upon initializing a P2P Device interface needed
to be solved.

Signed-hostap: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
2013-06-25 13:44:54 +03:00
Arend van Spriel
e472e1b458 nl80211: Handle creation of P2P Device interface
Add specific handler for creating the P2P Device to store the wdev_id as
this type of interface does not have an interface index.

Signed-hostap: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
2013-06-25 13:41:55 +03:00
Johannes Berg
01517c8b30 nl80211: Allow Android P2P functionality
To support Android the kernel may have a "p2p0" netdev for a P2P Device
even though this isn't very useful, but Android requires a netdev. To
support this in the supplicant, if the interface mode is P2P_DEVICE,
re-set it to the same instead of STATION mode.

Note that this is only possible with a kernel that creates a
netdev for the P2P Device wdev.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-06-25 13:38:03 +03:00
David Spinadel
6bae92e0f2 nl80211: Add support for P2P Device in add interface
Don't try to assign ifindex for P2P Device interface.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2013-06-25 13:36:04 +03:00
David Spinadel
d6dcfcdaac nl80211: Add a handler to create_interface
Add an option to pass a handler to nl80211_create_iface() and
nl80211_create_interface_once() that will be called after receiving the
message from the kernel. This handler will add the option to process the
message in different ways for different interfaces.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2013-06-25 13:35:05 +03:00
David Spinadel
d3aaef8034 nl80211: Hold wdev identification for P2P Device
Add wdev_id to i802_bss. wdev_id_set indicates whether this id is
available. Use wdev_id if assigned, instead of ifindex. Use wdev_id for
events that come from the kernel to identify the relevant interface.
This commit does not assign wdev_id value for the BSS yet, i.e., this is
only preparation for the value to be used in a future commit.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2013-06-25 13:33:45 +03:00
Nirav Shah
7aad838c92 nl80211: Identify if nl80211 is capable of P2P Device abstraction
Check the supported interfaces attribute to identify support for
a dedicated P2P Device interface type. If set, update the driver
capabilities flag to notify the supplicant.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2013-06-25 13:29:48 +03:00
David Spinadel
6a71413ef2 nl80211: Rename is_p2p_interface
Rename is_p2p_interface() to is_p2p_net_interface() since it used to
identify network P2P interfaces to disable 802.11b rates on them.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2013-06-25 13:26:17 +03:00
Michael Braun
8393e1a024 nl80211: Print interface name on set_key()
Sometimes an interface name that cannot be resolved is given to the
set_key function, so print the ifname in addition to the ifidx.

Signed-hostap: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2013-06-25 12:25:15 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
9578329874 Add AVG_RSSI report in signal_poll
Add AVG_RSSI report to the signal_poll command if it is reported by
the kernel.

Signed-hostap: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2013-06-22 12:01:05 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
2cc8d8f4e8 Add bandwidth and center freq info to signal_poll
Signed-hostap: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2013-06-22 12:00:46 +03:00
David Spinadel
2090a0b42e nl80211: Add prints for kernel events
Add prints for kernel event, including the event ID and event string.

Signed-hostap: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2013-06-22 11:12:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e112764e6d nl80211: Use NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID to set TDLS peer AID
This is needed for TDLS with VHT to allow partial AID to be set
correctly for the direct link frames. cfg80211 validation rules
prevented NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID from being used for this in set_station
case, so the new attribute is used instead.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-30 10:25:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f8a5fd4243 Synchronize with wireless-testing.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-30 10:22:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1ba51ec02b nl80211: Add debug print for set_supp_port operation
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-27 20:32:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
add9b7a46a nl80211: Ignore deauth/disassoc event from old AP
It looks like cfg80211 can deliver a deauth/disassoc event during some
roaming cases while we are already in progress with a new
authentication/association. This happens at least with FT protocol.
Avoid issues with such disconnection event resulting in core
wpa_supplicant stopping the new connection attempt by tracking
auth/assoc BSSID more carefully within driver_nl80211.c and filtering
out events that do not apply for the current AP.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-27 20:10:57 +03:00
Vivek Natarajan
3c4ca36330 hostapd: Support MAC address based access control list
Enable MAC address based ACL for the drivers which advertise
this capabilty with NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX. Either of blacklist
or whitelist is supported, though, not simultaneously.

Signed-hostap: Vivek Natarajan <nataraja@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-24 13:26:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1045ec36a3 nl80211: Add couple of additional iftypes to debug prints
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-21 16:51:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ed496f131f P2P: Clean up debug prints
Replace direct wpa_msg() calls with p2p_dbg(), p2p_info(), and p2p_err()
calls that use a new debug_print() callback to handle actual debug
printing outside the P2P module.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-18 18:47:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
455299fb40 nl80211: Fix foreign address filtering for MLME frame events
Commit 97279d8d1a started filtering MLME
frame events based on Address 1 (destination) field. This works fine for
frames sent to us, but it did filter out some corner cases where we
actually want to process an event based on a frame sent by us. The main
such case is deauthentication or disassociation triggered by something
external to wpa_supplicant in the system. Fix this by accepting events
for frames where either Address 1 or 2 (transmitter) matches the
interface address.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-13 11:53:21 +03:00
Simon Wunderlich
695c70381f nl80211: Add driver_ops for stopping AP beaconing
This can be used to stop AP mode beaconing temporarily, e.g., in
response to a radar detected event.

This patch is based on the original work by Boris Presman and
Victor Goldenshtein. Channel Switch Announcement support has been
removed and event handling as well as channel set handling was
changed, among various other changes.

Cc: Boris Presman <boris.presman@ti.com>
Cc: Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com>
Signed-hostap: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
2013-05-09 20:06:33 +03:00
Simon Wunderlich
f90e9c1c8b nl80211: Add driver_ops for starting radar detection
This patch is based on the original work by Boris Presman and
Victor Goldenshtein. Channel Switch Announcement support has been
removed and event handling as well as channel set handling was
changed, among various other changes.

Cc: Boris Presman <boris.presman@ti.com>
Cc: Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com>
Signed-hostap: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
2013-05-09 20:05:01 +03:00
Simon Wunderlich
fc96522eb9 nl80211: Add channel flags for DFS state information
This patch is based on the original work by Boris Presman and
Victor Goldenshtein. Channel Switch Announcement support has been
removed and event handling as well as channel set handling was
changed, among various other changes.

Cc: Boris Presman <boris.presman@ti.com>
Cc: Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com>
Signed-hostap: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
2013-05-09 20:02:57 +03:00
Simon Wunderlich
f295d0c86a nl80211: Add driver capability flag for radar detection
This patch is based on the original work by Boris Presman and
Victor Goldenshtein. Channel Switch Announcement support has been
removed and event handling as well as channel set handling was
changed, among various other changes.

Cc: Boris Presman <boris.presman@ti.com>
Cc: Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com>
Signed-hostap: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
2013-05-09 19:59:47 +03:00
Simon Wunderlich
04be54fa09 nl80211: Add driver events for radar detection
This patch is based on the original work by Boris Presman and
Victor Goldenshtein. Channel Switch Announcement support has been
removed and event handling as well as channel set handling was
changed, among various other changes.

Cc: Boris Presman <boris.presman@ti.com>
Cc: Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com>
Signed-hostap: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
2013-05-09 19:59:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
03565bc2d6 Synchronize with wireless-testing.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-06 15:59:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f11b72c3e9 TDLS: Move AID=1 workaround into driver_nl80211.c
The use of AID=1 for the nl80211 dummy STA case is specific to the
driver (cfg80211), so better move this into the driver wrapper instead
of generic TDLS implementation.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-06 15:57:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
048edb1070 Revert "nl80211: Add nla_put_u32() wrapper for Android"
This reverts commit df2f9ec6b2.

The current AOSP snapshot for JB includes nla_put_u32(), so this is not
needed anymore and is also causing linking issues due to duplicated
definition.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-04 20:19:43 +03:00
Ilan Peer
b691dcb129 nl80211: Fix max_remain_on_chan capability reading
In case that NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP is supported,
wiphy_info_handler() is called several times, where
NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION is present only in one
of these calls. Thus capa->max_remain_on_chan is overridden in
all other calls.

Fix it so the default value is set only after all the wiphy info was
received.

Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2013-05-04 11:28:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b57b560034 wpa_supplicant: Default to nl80211 instead of wext
nl80211 has obsoleted WEXT as the preferred kernel interface for
controlling wireless drivers. Update wpa_supplicant driver interface
list order so that nl80211 gets used first if both nl80211 and wext
interfaces are included in the build. In addition, update README to
reflect the fact that WEXT is obsolete.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-04-29 16:55:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5e24dc8a4b Add dup_binstr() to help common binary string tasks
There are quite a few places in the current implementation where a nul
terminated string is generated from binary data. Add a helper function
to simplify the code a bit.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-04-27 23:44:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e864c0aefe Use a common frequency to channel conversion function
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-04-27 22:11:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
97279d8d1a nl80211: Drop frame events that are for foreign address
This avoids duplicate processing of events when multiple BSSes are
configured.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-04-24 01:02:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cc2ada868e nl80211: Reduce debug on Probe Request frames
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-04-24 01:01:21 +03:00
Johannes Berg
adc96dc2ad nl80211: Fix nla_nest_start conversion
Dmitry reported that the kernel could no longer parse the
scheduled scan attributes correctly after my patch to use
nla_nest_start/nla_nest_end. The reason is that the wrong
attribute is closed I accidentally made it close the full
scan config instead of just the SSID match set.

Reported-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-04-23 17:19:20 +03:00
Johannes Berg
8cd6b7bce8 hostapd/wpa_s: Use driver's extended capabilities
Some extended capabilities (I'm currently interested in "Operating Mode
Notification" for VHT) are implemented by the kernel driver and exported
in nl80211. Use these in hostapd/wpa_supplicant.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-31 21:51:44 +03:00
Johannes Berg
8970bae806 nl80211: Use nla_nest_start/end instead of nla_put_nested
Instead of allocating a new message and then moving that into
the message being built, use nla_nest_start() and put the data
into the message directly.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-30 20:37:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b92e08fc72 nl80211: Add debug prints for set_ap parameters
This makes it easier to see how exactly the driver is configured for AP
mode operations.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-03-21 15:40:25 +02:00
Johannes Berg
c30a4ab045 nl80211: Fix mode settings with split wiphy dump
When the wiphy information is split, there's no guarantee that the
channels are processed before the bitrates; in fact, with the current
kernel it happens the other way around. Therefore, the mode information
isn't set up correctly and there's no 11g mode.

Fix this by doing the 11b/11g determination as part of the
postprocessing.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-19 02:01:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
565110cd55 nl80211: Include interface name in more debug prints
This makes it easier to understand how scan operations and events occur
when multiple interfaces is being controlled by a single wpa_supplicant
process.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-03-18 16:05:24 +02:00
Bruno Randolf
65d52fc103 Add capability flag for IBSS and add get_capability modes
Add a driver capability flag for drivers which support IBSS mode and set
it for nl80211 drivers which have set the NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC.

Add a new option "modes" to "get_capability" which will return "AP" and
"IBSS" if the corresponding capability flags are set.

The idea is that this can be used for UIs to find out if the driver
supports IBSS mode.

Signed-hostap: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
2013-03-16 12:42:15 +02:00
Deepthi Gowri
6a1ce39599 FT: Add support for IEEE 802.11r with driver-based SME
Add NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES to support update of FT IEs to the
WLAN driver. Add NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT to send FT event from the
WLAN driver. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to
report received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).

Signed-off-by: Deepthi Gowri <deepthi@codeaurora.org>
2013-03-12 20:08:53 +02:00
Johannes Berg
e9ee8dc394 wpa_supplicant: Support VHT capability overrides
Add support for VHT capability overrides to allow testing connections
with a subset of the VHT capabilities that are actually supported by
the device. The only thing that isn't currently supported (by mac80211
and this code) is the RX/TX highest rate field.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-10 18:04:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
214a77b016 nl80211: Use helper function for phy_info_freqs()
This allows one level of indentation to be removed by using a helper
function to process each frequency.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-03-10 16:44:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e62a1d43f9 nl80211: Split phy_info_band() into smaller helper functions
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-03-10 16:35:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3cfcad1bb1 nl80211: Use helper function for phy_info_handler()
This allows one level of indentation to be removed by using a helper
function to process each wiphy band.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-03-10 16:17:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5f43910727 nl80211: Split wiphy_info_handler() into smaller helper functions
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-03-10 16:05:55 +02:00
Dennis H Jensen
4324555222 nl80211: Support splitting wiphy information in dumps
This implements support for the new NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP in
nl80211 to handle wiphy information that cannot fit in one message.

Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-hostap: Dennis H Jensen <dennis.h.jensen@siemens.com>
2013-03-10 13:22:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3b365d4e9a Synchronize with wireless-testing.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-03-10 13:06:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
316a9e4d30 nl80211: Add debug print for cancel-frame-wait command
This makes it easier to interpret the logs for offloaded TX frame
operations.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-28 22:09:32 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
c3e3a5b90c nl80211: Fix WDS STA handling with multiple BSS interfaces
The MAC address of the AP VLAN needs to be the same as the BSS that the
STA belongs to.

Signed-hostap: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
2013-02-28 16:55:13 +02:00
Srinivasan B
bdaf17489a hostapd: Fix Max SP Length derivation from QoS Info
Hostapd provides QoS info of the STA (Service Period & AC mask) to the
kernel during wpa_driver_nl80211_sta_add call. Bit 5 and Bit 6 of QoS
info represents the Max SP length. Fix an issue in the code to fetch the
Max SP by shifting right the QoS info by value WMM_QOSINFO_STA_SP_SHIFT.
(operator ">" is replaced with ">>" operator).

Signed-off-by: Srinivasan <srinivasanb@posedge.com>
2013-02-16 11:15:13 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
122d16f25d nl80211: Configure STA Capabilities and Extended Capabilities
These are needed to allow drivers to implement all TDLS functionality
properly.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-15 23:45:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
542e7c406d Synchronize with wireless-testing.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-02-15 23:45:02 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
d16531c40c TDLS: Pass peer's Capability and Ext Capability info during sta_add
The contents of the peer's capability and extended capability
information is required for the driver to perform TDLS P-UAPSD and Off
Channel operations. Pass this information to the driver when the peer
station is getting added.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-14 21:02:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e4dea253b7 nl80211: Add debug prints for STA add/set operations
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-14 21:01:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cd8db7c3ba Synchronize with wireless-testing.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-02-14 21:00:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c5f10e804a Use more accurate timestamps for scan results
For various P2P use cases, it is useful to have more accurate timestamp
for the peer information update. This commit improves scan result
handling by using a single timestamp that is taken immediately after
fetching the results from the driver and then using that value to
calculate the time when the driver last updated the BSS entry. In
addition, more debug information is added for P2P peer updates to be
able to clearly see how old information is being used here.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-12 19:14:32 +02:00
Vladimir Kondratiev
ff3ad3c531 Capability matching for 60 GHz band
On the DMG (60 GHz) band, capability bits defined differently from
non-DMG ones. Adjust capability matching to cover both cases.

Also, for non-DMG bands, check ESS bit is set.

Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-07 16:20:18 +02:00
Raja Mani
3140803b6d nl80211: Add ctrl_iface message for AP mode connection rejection
When AP mode operation reject the client, nl80211 layer advertises the
connect failed event with the reason for failures (for example, max
client reached, etc.) using NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED.

This patch adds some debug messages whenever such an event is received
from the nl80211 layer and also the same event is posted to the upper
layer via wpa_msg().

Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-07 15:24:53 +02:00
Mark Kettenis
5f7ae5e61c Add driver for OpenBSD net80211 layer
Very basic support for OpenBSD.  No support for scanning yet, so this needs
ap_scan=0 and expects that the user has configured the interface manually
using ifconfig(8).

Signed-hostap: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
2013-02-03 21:16:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9ebce9c546 nl80211: Do not use void pointer for driver_ops used internally
This allows some more pointer type validation at compile time.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-02-03 15:46:47 +02:00
Ben Greear
085b29f1fe hostapd: Fix crash when scan fails
When scan failed, the wpa_driver_nl80211_scan method tried
to recursively call itself, but it passed in the wrong argument
for the void*, and so then it crashed accessing bad memory.

With this fix, hostapd still will not retry the scan later, but
at least it will exit cleanly and won't polute the file system
with core files.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2013-02-03 13:51:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8b706a99b8 nl80211: Add MFP information for NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
This was previously included only with NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, but the
information is as useful (if not even more useful) for
NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It should be noted that cfg80211 does not yet use
this attribute with NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, but that can be added easily.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-01-12 17:51:54 +02:00
Johannes Berg
05a8d4221d nl80211: Pass station VHT capabilities to kernel
Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-12 17:51:52 +02:00
Johannes Berg
a9a1d0f08a hostapd: Pass VHT capabilities to driver wrapper
Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-12 17:51:52 +02:00
Johannes Berg
89b800d726 nl80211: Support VHT configuration
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-12 17:51:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ebeca8e3d1 Sync with linux/nl80211.h in wireless-testing.git
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-01-12 17:51:52 +02:00
Johannes Berg
fa4763369a hostapd: Allow configuring driver to VHT
Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-12 17:51:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
708bc8e0e4 nl80211: Restore previous nlmode if set_freq for AP mode fails
wpa_driver_nl80211_ap() returned error if set_freq failed, but left the
previously set nlmode to GO/AP. While this should not be issue for most
purposes, it leaves the interface in somewhat unexpected state and could
potentially affect operations prior to next connection attempt. Address
this by restoring the previous nlmode if AP mode cannot be started for
some reason.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-01-08 00:34:08 +02:00
Baruch Siach
50d405ec87 atheros: Release sock_raw and reset appfilter on hapd_init failure
Signed-hostap: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
2012-12-25 13:50:41 +02:00
Yoni Divinsky
3dfd0484fc P2P: Consider age for the P2P scan results
cfg80211 caches the scan results according the channel number. Due to
the 15 sec aging this might cause the user mode to see more than one
scan result with the same BSSID, e.g. - one scan result for the
P2P Device and one for the P2P GO (once it's enabled).

Fix this by updating the device entry only if the new peer entry is
newer than the one previously stored.

Signed-off-by: Yoni Divinsky <yoni.divinsky@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Igal Chernobelsky <igalc@ti.com>
Signed-hostap: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
2012-12-25 11:22:42 +02:00
Sven Eckelmann
a5e1eb2092 nl80211: Run TKIP countermeasures in correct hostapd_data context
hostapd can run with different VIF when using nl80211. Events about MIC
failures have to be processed in context of the VIF which received it
and not in context of the primary VIF. Otherwise the station belonging
to this VIF may not be found in the primary VIF station hash and
therefore no countermeasures are started or the countermeasures are
started for the wrong VIF.

Signed-hostap: Sven Eckelmann <sven@open-mesh.com>
Signed-hostap: Simon Wunderlich <simon@open-mesh.com>
2012-12-22 16:19:52 +02:00
Vladimir Kondratiev
7829894c21 Introduce 60 GHz band
Basic support for the 60 GHz band. Neither P2P nor WPS are yet taken
care off. Allows to start AP with very simple config:

network={
        ssid="test"
        mode=2
        frequency=60480
        key_mgmt=NONE
}

Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-12-18 11:50:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ad3872a372 WNM: Use CONFIG_WNM more consistently
Replace CONFIG_IEEE80211V with CONFIG_WNM to get more consistent build
options for WNM-Sleep Mode operations. Previously it was possible to
define CONFIG_IEEE80211V without CONFIG_WNM which would break the build.
In addition, IEEE 802.11v has been merged into IEEE Std 802.11-2012 and
WNM is a better term to use for this new functionality anyway.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-12-16 18:22:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bd896433af nl80211: Register to process WNM-Sleep Mode Response frames
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-12-16 12:42:26 +02:00
Amitkumar Karwar
368b1957a6 Allow OBSS scan and 20/40 coex reports to non-SME drivers
We enable this feature for non-SME drivers as well if
they explicitly indicate need for it.

Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
2012-11-24 18:08:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3d83a6b9b6 Sync with linux/nl80211.h in wireless-testing.git
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-11-24 18:04:55 +02:00
Pontus Fuchs
fb660a9431 Do not double free cfg struct if netlink_init() fails
If netlink_init() fails on socket create or bind the cfg struct
provided as parameter is freed by netlink_init(). Callers of
netlink_init() also free this struct on their error paths leading
to double free.

Signed-hostap: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
2012-11-24 16:47:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6201b052c8 nl80211: Add support for TDLS request event from the driver
The NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER command can be used as an event based on a
recent cfg80211 commit, so add code to map that to internal
wpa_supplicant event to request TDLS link setup/teardown.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-11-19 17:00:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1ce0aa044c Remove unused disassociate() driver_ops
Commits 07783eaaa0 and
3da372fae8 removed the only users of the
disassociate() driver operation, so these driver wrapper functions can
also be removed now.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-11-15 00:06:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9d7a63dc20 nl80211: Avoid strict-aliasing warning with gcc 4.7
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-11-11 20:28:27 +02:00
Christopher Wiley
a8c5b43ad3 nl80211: Roam correctly through cfg80211 without SME
Change the nl80211 driver in wpa_supplicant to correctly handle
connecting to a new AP through cfg80211 without SME capability. As
before, the driver will disconnect from the previously associated AP,
but now we attempt to immediately connect to our intended AP. This
prevents us from blacklisting the AP we were trying to connect to
because of a semantic mismatch between cfg80211 and wpa_supplicant. The
disconnect/connect patch generates a local disconnect nl80211 event
which we discard because we're already correctly tracking the pending
association request.

In detail:

cfg80211 does not support connecting to a new BSS while already
connected to another BSS, if the underlying driver doesn't support
separate authenticate and associate commands. wpa_supplicant is written
to expect that this is a supported operation, except for a little error
handling that disconnects from the current BSS when roaming fails and
relies on autoconnect logic to reconnect later. However, this failure to
connect is incorrectly attributed to the new AP we attempted to
associate with, rather than a local condition in cfg80211.

The combined effect of these two conditions is that full-mac drivers
accessible through cfg80211 but without SME capability take a long time
to roam across BSS's because wpa_supplicant will:
1) Fail to associate for local reasons
2) Disconnect and return that the association request failed
3) Blacklist the association target (incorrectly)
4) Do a scan
5) Pick a less desirable AP to associate with

Signed-hostap: Christoper Wiley <wiley@chromium.org>
2012-11-11 16:15:29 +02:00
Baruch Siach
b49019dd3d atheros: Remove redundant l2_packet_get_own_addr call
Commit deca6eff74 added a redundant call
to l2_packet_get_own_addr. Use the information we already have in
atheros_init.

Signed-hostap: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
2012-11-11 16:07:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7d81932d27 nl80211: Make debug log more readable for driver events
Print the full name of the nl80211 event message in the debug log to
make it easier to parse the debug log.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-11-03 13:54:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
04a3e69dd1 P2P: Allow all channels with multi-channel concurrency
If the driver indicates support for multi-channel concurrency, change
the p2p_connect behavior to not force the current operating channel, but
instead, just mark it as preferred for GO Negotiation. This change
applies only for the case when the freq parameter is not used with the
p2p_connect command.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-10-26 18:10:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
569fed9045 nl80211: Add support for SAE operations
This uses the recent cfg80211 changes to allow SAE authentication to be
implemented with the nl80211 driver interface.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-10-24 09:10:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
516059c753 Sync with linux/nl80211.h in wireless-testing.git
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-10-24 09:08:38 +03:00
Vladimir Kondratiev
c097652828 60 GHz: Fix error while processing scan results
Channel frequency for 60 GHz band do not fit into 'short int', as was
used. Expand it to 'int'

Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-10-04 16:32:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
369c8d7bcd Reserve AKM and cipher suite values
These values are used with WAPI and CCX and reserving the definitions
here reduces the number of merge conflicts with repositories that
include these functions.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-30 20:26:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c10347f246 Add initial parts for SAE
This introduces new AKM for SAE and FT-SAE and adds the initial parts
for going through the SAE Authentication frame exchange. The actual SAE
algorithm and new fields in Authentication frames are not yet included
in this commit and will be added separately. This version is able to
complete a dummy authentication with the correct authentication
algorithm and transaction values to allow cfg80211/mac80211 drivers to
be tested (all the missing parts can be handled with
hostapd/wpa_supplicant changes).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-30 19:51:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
905029097c Sync with linux/nl80211.h in wireless-testing.git
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-30 10:49:46 +03:00
Mykyta Iziumtsev
817762d9c4 nl80211: Don't send BSSID with disconnect command
NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT doesn't need BSSID, because cfg80211
uses locally saved value.

Signed-hostap: Mykyta Iziumtsev <mykyta.iziumtsev@gmail.com>
2012-09-29 19:01:50 +03:00
Felix Fietkau
73a3c6ffca nl80211: Use the monitor interface if socket tx status is not supported
Fixes hostapd on recent compat-wireless builds with older kernels.

Signed-hostap: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
2012-09-23 13:28:31 +03:00
Felix Fietkau
92d521d89c hostapd: Send EAPOL frames from the VO queue if WMM is active
This avoids extra latency caused by establishing an aggregation session
and makes the initial connection attempt more reliable

Signed-hostap: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
2012-09-15 22:40:00 -07:00
Felix Fietkau
c34e618d47 hostapd: Fix WDS VLAN bridge handling
This patch fixes an issue where removing a WDS VLAN interface also
removed the main AP interface from the same bridge.

Signed-hostap: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
2012-09-15 22:38:14 -07:00
Baruch Siach
ac947e2a83 atheros: Fix RSN capabilities debug print
Signed-hostap: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
2012-09-05 19:01:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d732463c47 nl80211: Register read_sta_data() handler for station only builds
This driver_op can now be used in station mode, too, to fetch
information about the connection with the AP, so allow this to be used
even if wpa_supplicant is built without AP mode support.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-05 17:07:03 +03:00
Yuhao Zheng
dc7785f845 wpa_supplicant: Add PKTCNT_POLL command to get TX/RX packet counters
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2012-09-05 17:02:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
eb7719ff22 Add support for using GCMP cipher from IEEE 802.11ad
This allows both hostapd and wpa_supplicant to be used to derive and
configure keys for GCMP. This is quite similar to CCMP key
configuration, but a different cipher suite and somewhat different rules
are used in cipher selection. It should be noted that GCMP is not
included in default parameters at least for now, so explicit
pairwise/group configuration is needed to enable it. This may change in
the future to allow GCMP to be selected automatically in cases where
CCMP could have been used.

This commit does not included changes to WPS or P2P to allow GCMP to be
used.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-29 11:52:15 +03:00
Wei-Jen Lin
e3e234fa35 nl80211: Set P2P multichan concurrency based on interface combinations
Use the NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS value > 1 as a trigger for
enabling support for P2P multichannel channel concurrency. This does not
handle all possible details of enforcing driver capabilities, but it is
a good first step for allowing nl80211 drivers to enable multichannel
concurrency.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-28 19:31:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1e05192eec test: Fix driver data pointer for the P2P commands
The driver_test.c data structures had been changed to use a separate
BSS structure, but the P2P commands were not using the new design.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-24 20:44:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
37448ede31 P2P: Add option for adding extra delay to p2p_find
A new optional delay=<search delay in milliseconds> parameter can now be
used with p2p_find command to request an extra delay between search
iterations. This can be used, e.g., to make p2p_find friendlier to
concurrent operations by avoiding it from taking 100% of the radio
resources.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-23 18:20:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
75227f3ada nl80211: Print an error if WDS STA interface cannot be set up
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-19 18:28:55 +03:00
Dan Williams
e7ecddf33a build: Use updated libnl3 header paths
libnl3's headers live in /usr/include/libnl3 for some time now.

Signed-hostap: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
2012-08-15 20:44:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
067ffa2696 Convert os_realloc() for an array to use os_realloc_array()
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-13 21:21:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f9884c096a Convert os_zalloc() for an array to use os_calloc()
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-13 20:44:21 +03:00
Michael Braun
03a6a2e972 Add option to use netlink to create and remove VLAN interfaces
CONFIG_VLAN_NETLINK=y build option can now be used to replace the
ioctl()-based interface for creating and removing VLAN interfaces
with netlink-based interface.

Signed-hostap: M. Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2012-08-10 14:09:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1d0c6fb1eb nl80211: Fix re-enabling of 802.11b rates after P2P use
Commit a11241fa11 removed the 802.11b rate
enabling/disabling code from wpa_driver_nl80211_set_mode() and while
doing that, removed the only place where drv->disabled_11b_rates was
set. Fix this by updating the flag in nl80211_disable_11b_rates(). In
addition, re-enable the 802.11b rates when changing to non-P2P mode.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-10 11:48:57 +03:00
Rajkumar Manoharan
edb9bfba89 nl80211: Disable 11b rates on configuring P2P interface
Right now 11b rates are masked out while creating a P2P interface,
but this is always failing as the interface is down. Most drivers
allow to configure rates only when the interface is UP and running.
So let us disable 11b rates when interface type is changed into a
P2P type and it is UP and running.

Signed-hostap: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-10 11:35:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d99619b243 Sync with linux/nl80211.h in wireless-testing.git
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-10 11:21:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
df2f9ec6b2 nl80211: Add nla_put_u32() wrapper for Android
The system/core/libnl_2 re-implementation in AOSP does not include
nla_put_u32().

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-09 18:45:39 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
95ac3bf49f nl80211: Share common function for scan parameters
trigger_scan and start_sched_scan can share code for building the
common attributes.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-07 17:48:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f0494d0f95 nl80211: Check nla_put_nested() return value and handle errors
Couple of functions did not verify that nla_put_nested() succeeded. Fix
these by checking the return value and handling error cases cleanly.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-07 17:27:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6afbc3d698 nl80211: Fix netlink error paths in sched_scan() handler
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-07 17:11:08 +03:00
Ben Greear
addde1399e Better logging for ioctl set flags failure
Let user know if the call failed setting interface up vs. down.

Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2012-08-04 20:41:35 +03:00
Paul Stewart
21270bb4b3 Fix a couple memory leaks
Found using valgrind.

Signed-hostap: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
2012-08-04 20:10:08 +03:00
Xi Chen
c7673de462 atheros: Implement WNM-Sleep Mode driver operations
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-01 13:21:30 +03:00
Xi Chen
a884be9da1 WNM: Add placeholders for WNM driver commands and events
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-01 13:21:20 +03:00
Jay Katabathuni
ada8a5bd60 atheros: Add HS 2.0 Action frame TX/RX support
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-01 13:21:17 +03:00
Jay Katabathuni
e1e3b5bb34 atheros: Add support for Action frame TX/RX
This allows hostapd to send and receive various Action frames.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-01 13:11:59 +03:00
Mahesh Palivela
7d9c0cd345 Add support for using SA Query with drivers that implement MLME
This allows the SA Query mechanism in hostapd to be used with drivers
that implement authentication and association MLME/SME.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-01 13:11:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e509167495 Add new drv_flag for indicating user space AP MLME
This makes it easier for hostapd to determine at runtime which
operations to use.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-01 10:34:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8342185012 HS 2.0: Add mechanism for disabling DGAF
disable_dgaf=1 in hostapd.conf can now be used to disable downstream
group-addressed forwarding (DGAF). In this configuration, a unique
GTK (and IGTK) is provided to each STA in the BSS to make sure the
keys do not match and no STA can forge group-addressed frames.

An additional mechanism in the AP needs to be provided to handle some
group-addressed frames, e.g., by converting DHCP packets to unicast
IEEE 802.11 frames regardless of their destination IP address and by
providing Proxy ARP functionality.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-07-30 18:23:52 +03:00
Thomas Pedersen
bf8d6d2430 nl80211: Support setting sched scan RSSI threshold
Allow the user to configure an RSSI threshold in dBm below which the
nl80211 driver won't report scan results. Currently only supported
during scheduled (PNO) scans.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <c_tpeder@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-07-25 16:56:43 +03:00
Mahesh Palivela
990933fb1d nl80211: Save VHT capabilities from the driver
Save VHT capabilities coming through nl80211 within hostapd.

Signed-hostap: Mahesh Palivela <maheshp@posedge.com>
2012-07-04 21:42:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
80518c073b Sync with linux/nl80211.h from wireless-testing.git
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-07-04 21:40:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0cb87fdeb5 Update license notification in driver_wired.c
This updates the license notification to use only the BSD license. The
changes were acknowledged by email (Gunter Burchardt, tmisu@gmx.de,
Mon, 02 Jul 2012 17:54:28 +0200).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-07-02 20:50:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cb2b381169 Update license notification in roboswitch interface file
This updates the license notification to use only the BSD license. The
changes were acknowledged by email (Jouke Witteveen
<j.witteveen@gmail.com>, Mon, 2 Jul 2012 11:38:34 +0200).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-07-02 12:43:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3df2f4fe99 P2P: Remove unused P2P_SCAN_SPECIFIC
This is not used anymore after the commit
e6ecfc4fd3.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-30 20:20:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d001defeec Update license notification in files initially contributed by Sam
This updates these files to use the license notification that uses only
the BSD license. The changes were acknowledged by email (Sam Leffler
<sam@errno.com>, Sat, 30 Jun 2012 07:57:53 -0700).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-30 19:36:04 +03:00
Mahesh Palivela
efe45d1471 hostapd: Initial IEEE 802.11ac (VHT) definitions
Add IEEE 802.11ac definitions for config, IEEE structures, constants.

Signed-hostap: Mahesh Palivela <maheshp@posedge.com>
2012-06-30 13:52:13 +03:00
Thomas Pedersen
1b487b8b1e nl80211: Handle CH_SWITCH event
Some drivers may independently decide to switch channels. Handle this by
updating the hostapd and wpa_supplicant AP and GO configuration.

Signed-hostap: Thomas Pedersen <c_tpeder@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-06-25 14:45:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e7381b8473 Sync with include/linux/nl80211.h from wireless-testing.git
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-25 14:34:22 +03:00
Johannes Berg
cad0f50e02 nl80211: Simplify cbmsg buffer
The control message received from the kernel needs some space, but
there's no need for the strange typing that breaks clang compilation.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-23 20:37:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ecabb132b9 atheros: Remove unused variables
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-23 20:34:29 +03:00
Baruch Siach
e2e984ea06 atheros: Fix build when WPS and IEEE80211R are both disabled
Signed-hostap: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
2012-06-23 20:33:50 +03:00
Jithu Jance
ef35f5a0fd P2P: Add driver op for requesting GO/AP channel switch
Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2012-06-10 20:54:31 +03:00
Baruch Siach
3947ed96e8 atheros: Set essid length field only once
Signed-hostap: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
2012-06-08 20:28:23 +03:00
Baruch Siach
7aa4251f2f atheros: Fix build when CONFIG_WPS is disabled
The use of ETH_P_80211_RAW does not depend on CONFIG_WPS, so make its
definition independent as well.

Signed-hostap: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
2012-06-08 20:27:45 +03:00
Johannes Berg
24b5bd8b42 nl80211: Use safe list iteration
In certain cases like PBC session overlap it appears to be possible that
an interface is removed due to an event handled on it, this leads to
list corruption. Use safe iteration to prevent this issue.

Reported-by: Nirav Shah <nirav.j2.shah@intel.com>
Reported-by: Neeraj Kumar Garg <neerajkg@broadcom.com>
Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-06-04 20:25:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b5671498bf nl80211: Use wait_time with AP mode driver SME for offchannel
When sending an offchannel frame (mainly, P2P Invitation Request), the
wait_time parameter was hardcoded to 0 for drivers that implement AP
mode SME. This is not correct and can cause problems for drivers that
support offloading of off-channel operations with driver/firmware based
AP SME.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-11 18:24:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2e3e456623 nl80211: Add more debug info on NL80211_CMD_FRAME uses
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-11 18:22:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3bc462cb88 P2P: Add option for Provision Discovery before GO Negotiation
This is a workaround for interoperability issues with some deployed P2P
implementations that require a Provision Discovery exchange to be used
before GO Negotiation. The new provdisc parameter for the p2p_connect
command can be used to request this behavior without having to run a
separate p2p_prov_disc command.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-11 16:25:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
349493bd0c Validate WEP key lengths based on driver capabilities
The nl80211 driver interface does not allow 128-bit WEP to be used
without a vendor specific cipher suite and no such suite is defined for
this purpose. Do not accept WEP key length 16 for nl80211 driver
interface forn ow. wext-interface can still try to use these for
backwards compatibility.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-10 14:34:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
23c84252a4 P2P: Add option to force SSID/passphrase for GO Negotiation
An existing persistent group information can now be used to force GO
Negotiation to use the previously used SSID/passphrase from a persistent
group if we become a GO. This can be used as an alternative to inviting
a new P2P peer to join the group (i.e., use GO Negotiation with GO
intent 15 instead of starting an autonomous GO and using invitation),
e.g., in case a GO Negotiation Request is received from a peer while we
are not running as a GO. The persistent group to use for parameters is
indicated with persistent=<network id> parameter to p2p_connect.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-27 18:25:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
93bcb70571 Sync with include/linux/nl80211.h from wireless-testing.git
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-04-19 20:41:42 +03:00
Jithu Jance
d3bd0f057c nl80211: Extend shared_freq to handle AP/GO mode interfaces
Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2012-04-08 20:44:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
873d0fcfd3 nl80211: Skip set_mode event subscription during deinit
There is no need to subscribe to event messages during deinit process,
so skip this to avoid unnecessary operations and to keep the debug logs
a bit cleaner.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-04-06 18:58:44 +03:00
Ben Greear
9d05374796 Make bind failure messages unique
This helps someone know which part of the code is complaining.

Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2012-04-06 12:10:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2e9f078c8d nl80211: Indicate disconnect event as deauthentication
This was previously indicated as disassociation, but the P2P group
session ending case expect a deauthentication notification. Since the
cfg80211 disconnection event does not really indicate which frame was
used, the easiest approach for now seems to be to just indicate these
as deauthentication events.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-03 17:11:22 +03:00
Eliad Peller
3c29244eb7 P2P: Add deinit_p2p_cli op to clear P2P client driver state
On P2P group removal, the GO is deinitialized correctly (and the vif
mode is set back to sta in case of nl80211), but the P2P client mode
wasn't deinitialized, and the nl80211 vif stays in P2P client mode.

Add a new deinit_p2p_cli op (similar to deinit_ap), which currently only
sets the interface back to station mode.

Signed-hostap: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-04-01 21:41:23 +03:00
Johannes Berg
baf513d695 Pass signal strength through, fix units
The signal strength is currently never used as the only driver reporting
it is nl80211 which uses IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_DB_ANTSIGNAL which is never
populated by the kernel. The kernel will (soon) populate
IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_DBM_ANTSIGNAL instead though, so use that.

Also, since it was never really populated, we can redefine the signal
field to be in dBm units only.

My next patch will also require knowing the signal strength of probe
requests throughout the code (where available), so add it to the
necessary APIs.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-04-01 18:48:12 +03:00
Johannes Berg
da873dbb06 nl80211: Report signal strength from nl80211
Report signal strength from nl80211 events to the higher layers.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-04-01 12:39:33 +03:00
Bala Shanmugam
1f6c0ab872 Allow background scan period to be configured
A network block specific background scan period can now be configured
for drivers that implement internal background scan mechanism for
roaming and BSS selection.

Signed-hostap: Bala Shanmugam <bkamatch@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-03-30 15:20:35 +03:00
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan
a0133ee1c9 nl80211: Make use of driver's capability to detect inactive stations
When drivers advertise their capability to free up inactive
stations based on ap_max_inactivity, send the inactivity period
timeout to driver in NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT. This
introduces a WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS (WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_INACTIVITY_TIMER)
so that the inactivity period will be sent only when this capability
bit is set.

Signed-hostap: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-03-27 20:49:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
17e729d49c Sync with include/linux/nl80211.h from wireless-testing.git
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-03-27 20:49:39 +03:00
Aarthi Thiruvengadam
e1bd4e1934 nl80211: Fix deauth/disassoc for AP mode SME-in-driver case
When the driver (or firmware) implements AP mode SME, the use of raw
management frame TX functions is not working properly at the moment. As
an initial step, convert these AP mode operations to use
NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION and do not claim that driver provides TX status
for deauth/disassoc frames. While this does not address all use cases
(e.g., reason code is not specified in the command), this fixes number
of issues where the station does not get disconnected properly.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-03-14 14:06:06 -10:00
Jouni Malinen
360182ed7c P2P: Advertise immediate availability of WPS credential
Use Device Password ID in WSC IE of Probe Request and Probe Response
frames to advertise immediate availability of WPS credentials per P2P
specification sections 3.1.2.1.1 (Listen State), 3.1.2.1.2 (Scan Phase),
and 3.1.2.1.3 (Find Phase).

For now, the Device Password ID is set only for the case where we are
active GO Negotiation with a specific peer. In practice, this means that
the Probe Response frames during pending GO Negotiation (whenever in
Listen state) indicate availability of the credential.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-27 23:14:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6d441b0da2 wext: Filter unexpected interface added/up events
It looks like a RTM_NEWLINK event claiming the interface to be UP is
delivered just before removing an interface after having first indicated
that the interface was going down/removed. Ignore this event if the
interface is not present anymore at the moment the event is processed.
This fixes issues where an interface that was re-added after being
removed did not get reconfigured properly.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-02-18 13:28:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d1f4942ba1 nl80211: Filter unexpected interface added/up events
It looks like a RTM_NEWLINK event claiming the interface to be UP is
delivered just before removing an interface after having first indicated
that the interface was going down/removed. Ignore this event if the
interface is not present anymore at the moment the event is processed.
This fixes issues where an interface that was re-added after being
removed did not get reconfigured properly.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-02-18 13:13:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8a6a1e1b14 nl80211: Indicate p2p_probe in debug log as scan parameter
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-18 12:39:01 +02:00
Shan Palanisamy
deca6eff74 atheros: Add new IEEE 802.11r driver_ops
Add support to send Action frames to the driver.
Add support for TSPEC req and adding STA node to the driver.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-16 19:57:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8b9d0bfa00 Add mechanism for disabling radio for testing purposes
"wpa_cli set radio_disabled 1/0" can be used to disable/enable
radio to simulate out-of-radio-range condition in a testbed
device.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-16 16:26:44 +02:00
Shan Palanisamy
56c2588aa8 atheros: Reset frame filter on deinit
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-16 16:25:07 +02:00
Antonio Quartulli
e640888c5e IBSS RSN: Support authorization
In IBSS RSN cfg80211/mac80211 now waits for userspace to authorize new
stations. This patch makes wpa_supplicant notify the driver when a
station can be considered authorized.

Signed-hostap: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
2012-02-12 21:12:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0f3d578efc Remove the GPL notification from files contributed by Jouni Malinen
Remove the GPL notification text from the files that were
initially contributed by myself.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-11 19:39:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e22d4d957b Remove the GPL notification from files contributed by Atheros
Remove the GPL notification text from files that were initially
contributed by Atheros Communications or Qualcomm Atheros.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-11 19:39:36 +02:00
Ben Greear
80e8a5eef1 Support HT capability overrides
This allows HT capabilities overrides on kernels that
support these features.

MCS Rates can be disabled to force to slower speeds when using HT.
Rates cannot be forced higher.

HT can be disabled, forcing an 802.11a/b/g/n station to act like
an 802.11a/b/g station.

HT40 can be disabled.

MAX A-MSDU can be disabled.
A-MPDU Factor and A-MPDU Density can be modified.

Please note that these are suggestions to the kernel. Only mac80211
drivers will work at all. The A-MPDU Factor can only be decreased and
the A-MPDU Density can only be increased currently.

Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2012-01-29 21:01:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ad612c2ace nl80211: Sync with linux/nl80211.h in wireless-testing.git
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-01-29 19:53:34 +02:00
Yogesh Ashok Powar
3dd1d8906d nl80211: Subscribe management frames for WPA_IF_AP_BSS types
In multiple BSSes scenario for the drivers that do not use
monitor interface and do not implement AP SME, RX MGMT
frame subscription happens only for the default bss (first_bss).

Subscribe for RX MGMT frames for such BSSes.

Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
2012-01-29 12:34:38 +02:00
Yogesh Ashok Powar
a7a6af4cba nl80211: Derive frequency for BSSes other than the first
Commit e4fb216769 moved frequency
storage from driver struct to bss struct and is assigned in
wpa_driver_nl80211_set_freq. As this wpa_driver_nl80211_set_freq is
triggered only on the first_bss, bss->freq for other BSSes is never
being set to the correct value. This sends MLME frames on frequency zero
(initialized value of freq) for BSSes other than the first.

To fix this derive frequency value from first_bss.

Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
2012-01-29 12:34:32 +02:00
Nicolas Cavallari
913e3cf794 nl80211: Add IBSS BSSID fixing support
If a BSSID and fixed-bssid are requested, fix the BSSID, so
the driver does not attempt to merge.

Signed-hostap: Nicolas Cavallari <cavallar@lri.fr>
2012-01-28 11:35:32 +02:00
Nicolas Cavallari
9e2af29f9b Support fixing the BSSID in IBSS mode
When the "bssid=" option is set for an IBSS network and ap_scan = 2,
ask the driver to fix this BSSID, if possible.

Previously, any "bssid=" option were ignored in IBSS mode when ap_scan=2.

Signed-hostap: Nicolas Cavallari <cavallar@lri.fr>
2012-01-28 11:33:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
552310680c nl80211: Fix send_action on off-channel in P2P GO role
A P2P Action frame may need to be sent on another channel than the GO's
operating channel. This information was lost in
wpa_driver_nl80211_send_action() in the case the interface was in AP
mode. Pass the frequence and related parameters to send_mlme mechanism
to allow the correct frequence to be used with the send frame command in
AP (P2P GO) mode.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-01-26 17:44:11 +02:00
Deepthi Gowri
d8d6b32eec nl80211: P2P: Pass cookie parameter in send action frame
The cookie value needs to be fetched in GO mode, too, to be able to
indicate TX status callbacks with drivers that handle AP mode SME
functionality internally. This fixes issues with client discoverability
where TX status callback for GO Discoverability Request is needed to
trigger the GO to send Device Discoverability Response.
2012-01-23 20:12:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6d92fa6e92 P2P: Allow Device ID to be specified for p2p_find command
dev_id=<P2P Device Addr> can now be specified as an argument to
p2p_find to request P2P find for a specific P2P device.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-01-08 09:25:29 -08:00
Jouni Malinen
3d9975d5b0 Do not trigger fast reconnection on locally generated deauth/disassoc
The deauthentication and disassociation events from nl80211 were being
processed identically regardless of whether the frame was generated by
the local STA or the AP. This resulted in fast reconnection mechanism
getting triggered even in the case where the disconnection was detected
locally (e.g., due to beacon loss) while this was supposed to happen
only in the case where the AP is sending an explicit Deauthentication
or Disassociation frame with a specific reason code.

Fix this by adding a new deauth/disassoc event variable to indicate
whether the event was generated locally.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-01-01 18:55:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ee9fc67ab7 nl80211: Mark Beacon event debug excessive
This can show up way too frequently in AP mode to make debug logs
readable at debug level.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-30 14:10:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b9fd8ce804 nl80211: Fix NL80211_CMD_FRAME to not try offchannel without driver support
The offchanok parameter is hardcoded to one in number of paths and that
added NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK attribute to NL80211_CMD_FRAME
unconditional. cfg80211 rejects this with EINVAL if the driver does not
indicate support for offchannel TX. Fix this by not requesting
offchannel TX depending on driver capabilities. Remain-on-channel
operation was used for those cases anyway, so the additional attribute
was not really needed for these in the first place.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-12-29 14:15:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0d891981db nl80211: Do not stop AP mode Probe Request reporting on Listen stop
When nl80211_setup_ap() has enabled Probe Request reporting, this must
not be disabled when P2P Listen state is stopped to avoid breaking AP
mode operations. This could happen, e.g., if a Probe Request frame was
received from a P2P device that the we are trying to invite to our group
(i.e., when operating in GO role). p2p_probe_req_rx() calls
p2p_invite_start() in this case and that ends up calling
p2p->cfg->stop_listen() which calls probe_req_report() driver op.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-12-27 20:32:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a6cc0602dd nl80211: Fix mgmt RX for device SME in AP mode without monitor
Drivers that use device SME in AP mode may still need to be
subscribed for Action frame RX when monitor interface is not used.
This fixes number of P2P GO operations with ath6kl.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-12-23 18:15:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
536062f274 nl80211: Fix use_monitor driver capability for non-mac80211 drivers
Poll command may be enough for mac80211 to figure out whether monitor
interface is to be used, but this change did not take into account
non-mac80211 drivers that support AP mode without monitor interface.
For example, ath6kl needs to get use_monitor disabled.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-12-23 18:13:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
82554b100c nl80211: Show station flush failures in debug log
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-12-23 18:12:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
36488c054c nl80211: Add debug prints for mgmt RX subscription
This makes it easier to figure out which management frames has been
subscribed to for RX events.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-12-23 18:10:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b088cf82c9 Android: nl80211: Work around limited genl_ctrl_resolve()
Android ICS system/core/libnl_2 has very limited genl_ctrl_resolve()
implementation that cannot handle names other than nlctrl. Work
around that by implementing more complete genl_ctrl_resolve()
functionality within driver_nl80211.c for Android builds.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-12-21 13:33:41 +02:00
Ben Greear
300ab0556c Allow linking with libnl-3 (libnl 3.2 and newer)
I needed this patch to compile against the latest
libnl code. I added this to my config file:

CONFIG_LIBNL32=y

Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2011-12-18 21:12:05 +02:00
Jason Young
5d06163714 AP: Pass station's WMM configuration to driver wrappers
This updates a previous patch did more or less the same thing by
providing the qosinfo as a single variable to the driver wrappers.

Signed-hostap: Jason Young <jason.young@dspg.com>
2011-12-17 12:38:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9e088e743d nl80211: Fix memory leaks on nla_put_failure error paths
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-17 12:27:11 +02:00
Jason Young
5883168ae0 nl80211: Fix memory leak on nla_put_failure error paths
Signed-hostap: Jason Young <jason.young@dspg.com>
2011-12-17 12:19:36 +02:00
Eliad Peller
774bfa62ce nl80211: Send uapsd_queues and max_sp values on STA addition
When a new station is added, send its configured WMM params.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2011-12-17 11:59:34 +02:00
Eliad Peller
5f32f79c6e AP: Add uapsd_queues and max_sp fields
Add uapsd_queues and max_sp fields to sta_info struct,
and pass them to the sta_add callback.

These values are determined by the WMM IE in the (Re)Association Request.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2011-12-17 11:55:14 +02:00
Eliad Peller
70619a5d8a AP: Consider U-APSD driver support
Check whether the driver advertises support for U-APSD
in AP mode, and evaluate wmm_uapsd only in this case.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2011-12-17 11:45:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a97bde0af4 Android: Fix PNO start function conversion
The wpa_hexdump_ascii() call did not get converted properly and this
was missed becaused of it getting defined out from the build. Anyway,
this better use the correct variable names should that debug print
ever be enabled for Android.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-15 01:06:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aa543c0c33 nl80211: Fix CONFIG_TDLS=y build
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-12 16:32:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
671a50392d nl80211: Clean up info on netdev or nl80211 not found errors
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-11 18:51:55 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
5ed3354617 nl80211: Send Probe Response template to the driver
Pass the raw Probe Response template to kernel via netlink using the
set_ap() driver callback. The data is sent as one of the Beacon
attributes.

Signed-hostap: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
2011-12-10 21:11:32 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
5b99e21a14 Set driver Probe Response template for AP mode offload
Configure a Probe Response template for drivers that support it. The
template is updated when the Beacon template is updated.

The Probe Response template is propagated to the driver via the set_ap()
callback.

Signed-hostap: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
2011-12-10 21:11:32 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
562c9d976e nl80211: Propagate Probe Response offload capabilities from kernel
Translate nl80211 flags to wpa_supplicant flags for Probe Response
offload support. The existence of the nl80211 PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT
attribute means Probe Response offload is supported. The value of the
attribute is a bitmap of supported protocols.

Signed-hostap: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
2011-12-10 21:11:32 +02:00
Johannes Berg
341eebee38 nl80211: Store own address in BSS
Storing the address in the BSS instead of the DRV struct makes it usable
for hostapd and thus gets rid of the linux_get_ifhwaddr() call when
receiving a spurious frame.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-12-10 11:56:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c3f4278445 P2P: Add group ifname to P2P-PROV-DISC-* events
If Provision Discovery Request is sent for GO role (i.e., P2P Group ID
attribute is included), add the group interface name to the control
interface event on the GO. This makes it easier to figure out which
ctrl_iface needs to be used for wps_pbc/wps_pin command to authorize
the joining P2P client.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-06 21:57:17 +02:00
Jithu Jance
8c5f730983 P2P: Add optional "join" argument for p2p_prov_disc command
This can be used to request Provision Discovery Request to be sent
for the purpose of joining a running group, e.g., to request the GO
to display a PIN that we can then use with p2p_connect join command.

Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2011-12-06 21:28:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
481234cf1a nl80211: Remove unnecessary struct nl80211_handles wrapper
Since the nl_cache is not used anymore, there is no need for maintaining
the struct nl80211_handles wrapper for struct nl_handle. Clean this up
by using nl_handle directly.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-06 19:47:59 +02:00
Johannes Berg
3088e4e52d nl80211: Listen to unexpected 4addr events
Monitor-less AP mode had lost the ability to do
4addr WDS, this adds it back.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-12-06 19:32:41 +02:00
Johannes Berg
d6c9aab8d2 nl80211: Use global event socket for multicast events
This is a rewrite of Ben Greear's patch, making the
nl80211 code use just a single multicast event socket.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-12-06 19:30:43 +02:00
Johannes Berg
e32ad281ca nl80211: Register for Beacon frames in AP mode
When running AP mode, we need to receive beacons over overlapping BSSes
to handle protection. Use the new nl80211 command for this. As the
command works per wiphy (and we don't want to receive the Beacon frames
multiple times) add an abstraction that keeps track of per-wiphy data.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-12-06 18:39:57 +02:00
Johannes Berg
02bb32c393 nl80211: Subscribe to spurious class3 frame events
These events are necessary to send deauth frames to
stations sending spurious data frames. Subscribe to
them on the per-BSS event socket.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-12-06 18:29:45 +02:00
Johannes Berg
a11241fa11 nl80211: Use nl80211 for mgmt TX/RX in AP mode
To achieve this, multiple things are needed:
 1) since hostapd needs to handle *all* action frames,
    make the normal registration only when in a non-AP
    mode, to be able to do this use the new socket
 2) store the frequency in each BSS to be able to give
    the right frequency to nl80211's mgmt-tx operation
 3) make TX status processing reject non-matched cookie
    only in non-AP mode

The whole thing depends on having station-poll support
in the kernel. That's currently a good indicator since
the kernel patches are added together.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-12-06 18:24:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8c3ba0784e nl80211: Use driver event to indicate failure on authentication retry
When using authentication retry within driver_nl80211.c, a failure on the
second attempt has to be indicated with a driver event since the return
code from wpa_driver_nl80211_authenticate() is not actually delivered to
the core code in that case.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-04 22:28:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
536fd62dba nl80211: Recover from auth req ENOENT with a scan
cfg80211 rejects NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE with ENOENT if the BSS entry
for the target BSS is not available. This can happen if the cfg80211
entry has expired before wpa_supplicant entry (e.g., during a suspend).
To recover from this quickly, run a single channel scan to get the
cfg80211 entry back and then retry authentication command again. This
is handled within driver_nl80211.c to keep the core wpa_supplicant
implementation cleaner.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-04 21:53:56 +02:00
Johannes Berg
9f12614b8c nl80211: Do not encrypt IEEE 802.1X WEP EAPOL
Set the NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT flag for nl80211 to tell
drivers (mac80211) to not encrypt the EAPOL frames for WEP IEEE 802.1X.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-12-03 20:46:12 +02:00
Johannes Berg
cc7a48d1f4 nl80211: Allocate nl CB for BSS RX
In preparation for things that receive on a BSS-specific handle,
allocate a CB for it and hook it up to receive functions.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-12-03 20:14:53 +02:00
Johannes Berg
f06aedd92f nl80211: Rename process_event
The next patch will add process_bss_event, rename process_event to
process_drv_event to differentiate between them.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-12-03 20:10:44 +02:00
Johannes Berg
a4ae123c3f nl80211: Pass cb to eloop function
By passing the nl_cb as the context to the eloop function we can
(in the next patch) use the same eloop function for BSS events.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-12-03 20:07:54 +02:00
Johannes Berg
1afc986d84 nl80211: Use one CB for driver event RX
There's no need to clone the CB all the time
and then assign it, just use a constant one.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-12-03 20:00:11 +02:00
Johannes Berg
e4fb216769 nl80211: Store frequency in bss struct
Storing the frequency in the bss struct allows using it for frame
commands in AP mode and not relying on the driver struct as much, which
is good for hostapd mode.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-12-03 19:55:22 +02:00
Johannes Berg
3fd1cefb81 nl80211: Move AP SME setup to mode change
Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-12-03 19:47:01 +02:00
Johannes Berg
32ab485503 nl80211: Use socket error queue for EAPOL TX status
This will allow getting TX status for EAPOL frames
sent as data frames if the driver supports it.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-12-03 19:32:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aef85ba204 nl80211: Ignore interface up event if interface is down
The RTM_NEWLINK even can have IFF_UP flag even if the interface is
down. Do not generate EVENT_INTERFACE_ENABLED event based on such a
message.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-03 13:18:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3b1c7bfdc5 nl80211: Use binary hexdump for scan IEs instead of text
The IEs are binary data, so there is not much point in trying
to show them as ASCII data in debug prints.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-03 12:47:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e5693c4775 Merge set_rate_sets() driver_ops into set_ap()
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-03 12:16:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5f17b3ee9f Remove unused parameters from set_rate_sets()
Only setting of the basic rate set was supported, so remove the
unused parameters.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-03 11:57:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d03e8d118c nl80211: Merge ap_isolate configuration into nl80211_set_bss()
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-03 11:43:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e53a0c7406 Fix a typo in a comment
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-03 11:38:51 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
216eede830 Android: nl80211: Add Android specific PNO configuration
This is based on the Android driver_cmd changes that are converted to
use the sched_scan/stop_sched_scan driver_ops for the case where the
driver does not support the new nl80211 commands.

Change-Id: Iaedc340f84650af422bd2ea57d2a8b0a9d4a5330
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2011-11-29 15:18:52 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
5eb429101a Android: wext: Add sched_scan functions for PNO
(jm: This is based on the Android change that used driver_cmd. The same
implementation is used for the actual driver interface, but the commands
are now accessed through sched_scan/stop_sched_scan driver_ops instead
of driver_cmd)
2011-11-29 15:18:45 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
06e356fe14 Android: wext: Add driver state events 2011-11-29 15:18:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
527a398866 wext: Define some new values if linux/wireless.h is too old
IW_ENCODE_ALG_PMK and IW_ENC_CAPA_4WAY_HANDSHAKE are not defined in the
Android tree, so add compatibility defines for these.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-25 23:56:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fb67eec6f8 nl80211: Do not set sched_scan filter if driver does not support it
cfg80211 will reject the NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN if too many
match sets are requested. To avoid being completely unable to start
any scheduled scans, skip setting these filters if the driver did
not advertise support for large enough number of match sets.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-11-25 17:46:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
29f338af26 nl80211: Implement set_p2p_powersave for legacy_ps changes
This adds initial implementation of set_p2p_powersave to allow legacy PS
mode to be configured. P2P PS parameters are not yet supported.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-11-25 13:11:22 +02:00
Johannes Berg
88df0ef74f nl80211: Set offchannel-OK selectively
It's not really valid to send off-channel in all cases,
so pass whether it should be allowed or not and don't
set it in the AP case.

Also, to get the right ifindex for hostapd, pass a bss
pointer instead of the drv pointer.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-11-19 19:56:34 +02:00
Johannes Berg
221a59c9b6 nl80211: Move preq NL handle into BSS
Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-11-19 19:48:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ddc5327139 nl80211: Add no_ack support for NL80211_CMD_FRAME
This is needed to allow no-ACK operation with Probe Response frames
in P2P Listen state.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-19 19:32:05 +02:00
Helmut Schaa
fab2533604 nl80211: Implement noack policy for send_mlme
Signed-hostap: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
2011-11-19 19:22:13 +02:00
Helmut Schaa
8cfa3527e1 Allow MLME frames to be sent without expecting an ACK (no retries)
In some situations it might be benefical to send a unicast frame without
the need for getting it ACKed (probe responses for example). In order to
achieve this add a new noack parameter to the drivers send_mlme callback
that can be used to advise the driver to not wait for an ACK for this
frame.

Signed-hostap: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
2011-11-19 19:02:05 +02:00
Johannes Berg
397188521d nl80211: Support in-kernel station poll
If the kernel supports this, don't use manual null
data frame transmissions. This is one thing to get
rid of cooked monitor interfaces.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-11-19 14:23:46 +02:00
Johannes Berg
d12dab4c6f nl80211: Use non-receiving socket for EAPOL TX
The non-monitor TX currently uses a normal L2 abstraction
socket, but that will also receive frames we don't want,
so use a plain socket that isn't bound for RX. This might
be possible using the L2 abstraction, but we need a plain
socket later for getting TX status events here.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-11-19 14:00:53 +02:00
Johannes Berg
61cbe2ffd8 nl80211: Use device AP SME capability
This changes the auto-detection of whether or not the device contains
the AP SME away from monitor interface addition failing to the explicit
attribute in nl80211. Keep the old auto-detection for a little while so
that ath6kl isn't broken right away.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-11-19 13:42:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7a5257bbc9 nl80211: Sync with wireless-testing.git linux/nl80211.h
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-19 13:40:07 +02:00
Johannes Berg
dd840f793c AP: Add explicit EAPOL TX status event
The new event can be used when EAPOL TX status can't be reported as a
complete 802.11 frame but is instead reported as just the EAPOL data as
originally passed to hapd_send_eapol().

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-11-19 13:00:30 +02:00
Jithu Jance
57ebba598d nl80211: Implement shared_freq
This patch implements shared_freq handler for driver_nl80211.c. If a
"p2p_group_add" happens after legacy STA association, then this patch
will help to start the GO on the same frequency. This is useful when
supplicant is started on multiple interface running over a singly "PHY"
and the station interface is not used for the P2P device operations.

For example, wpa_supplicant -iwlan0 ..  -N -iwlan1 ... and wlan0 is used
for station connection and wlan1 as the P2P device interface.

Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2011-11-19 11:23:49 +02:00
Ben Greear
3b7ea88047 nl80211: Make MLME failure messages unique
Without this, it is impossible to tell exactly which
MLME code returned the error.

Also, convert to wpa_dbg so that we get device names
in the messages.

Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2011-11-18 23:41:52 +02:00
Dan Williams
98ac6763ff nl80211: Fix UNSPEC signal quality reporting
r->level got assigned so it's clearly not INVALID; instead
r->qual should be invalid.

Signed-hostap: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
2011-11-18 23:23:45 +02:00
Johannes Berg
335d42b1a6 nl80211: Get rid of family/cache objects
All we really need is the family ID, and we can
get that with genl_ctrl_resolve() and then don't
need to worry about family/cache objects.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-11-16 16:42:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
545cfc4bf3 WEXT: Use linux/wireless.h instead of wireless_copy.h
WEXT is not really changing anymore and more or less all Linux
distros come with linux/wireless.h that is recent enough to
allow the driver wrappers to be build.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-15 20:03:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a5c696adb4 nl80211: Verify that global driver pointer is not NULL
driver_nl80211.c assumes that global driver pointer is set, so better
make this more consistent.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-13 22:39:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9d77a392c7 Use a pre-processor macro to simplify event_to_string()
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-13 19:06:37 +02:00
Ben Greear
6c3771d7d5 Print human readable driver event names
This makes it easier to understand the event related logs.

Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2011-11-13 19:01:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aea855d752 Move wpa_scan_results_free() into shared C file
Replace the inline helper function with a new C file that can be used
for common driver API related function.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-13 18:56:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b6c8df695c Remove station functionality from hostap and madwifi driver wrappers
This has been obsoleted by the more generic Linux WEXT (driver_wext.c)
support. The hostap and madwifi driver wrappers can now be used only
with hostapd. The old station interface remains available in releases up
to 1.x.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-13 11:14:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3962b65858 Remove unmaintained driver wrappers
The driver wrappers broadcom, iphone, osx, and ralink have not been
maintained for a while and it does not look like they will be in the
future either. As such, remove them from the development branch. The
previous versions will be included in older releases up to 1.x.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-13 10:57:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
39e7d718f6 ndis: Work around lack of C99 designated initializers in MSVC
Use a driver_ndis.c specific initialization function to fill in the
wpa_driver_ops information to make it easier to modify struct
wpa_driver_ops in the future. Being able to build driver_ndis.c
with MSVC was the only reason for having to maintain the same order
of function pointers in struct wpa_driver_ops and for having to
update driver_ndis.c for all changes in that structure.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-03 18:45:21 +02:00
Gary Morain
577db0aedd Prefer 5 GHz networks over 2.4 GHz networks
In scan.c, merge a channel's noise value into the scan results. When
comparing scan results, compute the signal-to-noise ratio and use it
when available. Prefer a 5 GHz network if its SNR is really big (> 30)
or if its SNR is relatively close to the other network's.
2011-10-30 21:08:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b3af99d202 nl80211: Disable IEEE 802.11b rates only for P2P iftypes
Instead of hardcoding IEEE 802.11b rates to be disabled whenever
P2P support is built in and supported by the driver, do this only
when an interface is set to P2P mode (both when adding a new
interface and when changing the interface mode). This re-enables
use of IEEE 802.11b APs with CONFIG_P2P=y builds.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-10-29 22:46:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
97bcd562eb Remove disable_11b_rates() driver_ops
This function was used unconditionally if wpa_supplicant build
includes CONFIG_P2P=y. Adding a separate driver_ops for such use
is not really useful since the driver wrappers can do the same
internally. Remove this driver_ops and move matching functionality
into driver_nl80211.c which was the only driver wrapper using
this driver_ops callback.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-10-29 22:25:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1dea5882be nl80211: Fix re-enabling of 802.11b rates
nl80211_disable_11b_rates() function was supposed to use the 'disabled'
parameter to figure out whether to disable or re-enable 802.11b rates.
In addition, the driver deinit path was now ending up re-disabling the
enabled rates at the end of the deinit operations when the interface
type was forced back to station. Both of these issues are now fixed
and the 2.4 GHz band TX rate index is cleared properly when
wpa_supplicant is stopped.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-10-29 22:12:26 +03:00
Eliad Peller
083590503b nl80211: disable_11b_rates on interface mode change
disable_11b_rates() is called on interface addition,
but not on interface type change, resulting in 11b rates
enabled on p2p interfaces.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2011-10-29 22:00:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b106173a82 Add no_cck parameter for send_action() driver_ops
This can be used to apply the no-CCK rule conditionally depending on
which frame is being sent. The no-CCK rule applies only for P2P
management frames while SA Query and FT use cases do not have similar
restrictions.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-10-29 21:49:46 +03:00
Rajkumar Manoharan
970fa12ea2 nl80211: Add support to disable CCK rate for P2P frames
Add a new attribute to specify whether to use CCK rate or not during
scan and sending management frames. This helps to send P2P probes
at non-CCK rate. This ensures that P2P probe request/response/action
frames are always sent at non-CCK rates.

Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-10-29 21:23:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
451c367d06 Remove unused valid_bss_mask driver_ops 2011-10-29 11:34:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
59d249255c nl80211: Ignore netlink interface down if interface is up
The netlink event processing is delayed since they are only returned
after control returns to eloop. This can result in netlink down events
being processed at a point when the interface has is actually still
there (the first event on new interface is down) and that can result in
odd behavior especially when the resulting interface-disabled event is
delivered to AP mode interface with wpa_supplicant.

Work around this by filtering netlink down events if the matching
interface is up at the time the netlink event is processed. This fixes
an issue brought up by commit 36d84860bb.
2011-10-28 21:08:15 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
45b722f150 TDLS: Add peer as a STA during link setup
Before commencing setup, add a new STA entry to the driver representing
the peer. Later during setup, update the STA entry using information
received from the peer.

Extend sta_add() callback for adding/modifying a TDLS peer entry and
connect it to the TDLS state machine. Implement this callback for the
nl80211 driver and send peer information to kernel.

Mark TDLS peer entries with a new flag and translate it to a
corresponding nl80211 flag in the nl80211 driver.

In addition, correct TDLS related documentation in the wpa_driver_ops
structure.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
2011-10-23 22:19:35 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
35287637cc TDLS/nl80211: Support receiving TDLS discovery response frames
Register for the TDLS discovery response public action frame in nl80211.
Print out a debug message when a Discovery Resp frame is received and
validated.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
2011-10-23 22:18:35 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
03ea178603 nl80211: Implement TDLS callback functions and propagate capabilities
Allow passing high-level TDLS commands and TDLS frames to kernel
via new nl80211 commands.

Propagate TDLS related nl80211 capability flags from kernel and add them
as driver capability flags.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
2011-10-23 22:15:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8c66e18511 nl80211: Handle special TDLS direct link key index use
An ugly hack is currently used to indicate keys for TDLS direct link:
key_idx == -1. That needs to be converted to 0 for cfg80211 to accept
the key.
2011-10-23 22:14:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
33d8a77a39 Remove incorrect statement about get_hw_feature_data() driver_ops
This function is actually needed for quite a bit more than just
user space MLME implementation. The old comment here has not been
accurate for a long time, so get rid of it.
2011-10-23 20:09:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
edc3a7c414 Remove unused driver_ops client MLME functions
These driver_ops functions set_channel, set_ssid, set_bssid,
mlme_add_sta, and mlme_remove_sta were used with the user space
MLME implementation in wpa_supplicant. That was only for testing
purposes and was removed, but these driver_ops were forgotten.
Remove them now to remove confusing driver_ops definitions.
2011-10-23 20:07:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e3b473eb4e Allow driver wrappers to indicate whether HT info is known
This is needed to be able to figure out whether the driver is known
not to support HT.
2011-10-23 17:21:39 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
46eeedac61 Remove unused variables 2011-10-23 12:42:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bd2df8921b nl80211: Remove some unnecessary ifdef HOSTAPD blocks 2011-10-22 22:51:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
17fbb751e1 Remove user space client MLME
This code was used only with driver_test.c to allow MLME operations
in hostapd to be tested without having to use a real radio. There
are no plans on extending this to any other use than testing and
mac80211_hwsim has now obsoled the need for this type of testing.
As such, we can drop this code from wpa_supplicant to clean up the
implementation of unnecessary complexity.
2011-10-22 22:45:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9e0e6902a2 Share a single wpa_scan_results_free() implementation
There is not really a very good location for this anywhere, but the
function is small enough to live as an inline function for now.
2011-10-22 22:09:40 +03:00
Ben Greear
c81eff1a61 nl80211: Use one global ioctl socket
Saves sockets when using multiple VIFS in a single
wpa_supplicant process.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2011-10-22 21:39:42 +03:00
Ben Greear
276e2d671c nl80211: Use a global netlink command object
Netlink sockets can be shared among all driver instances, saving
sockets and memory when using multiple interfaces in a single process.
2011-10-22 20:06:32 +03:00
Ben Greear
2a7b66f574 nl80211: Use global nl_cb template
All interfaces can share a single nl_cb template.
2011-10-22 20:06:30 +03:00
Ben Greear
dac12351d8 nl80211: Clean up error path in wpa_driver_nl80211_init
No need to duplicate the deinit code since wpa_driver_nl80211_deinit()
can be used here to clean up after a failure.
2011-10-22 18:28:06 +03:00
Johannes Berg
a92dfde818 nl80211: Abstract handle/cache (de)allocation
This is a cleanup now and makes it easier to add more sockets in the
future.
2011-10-22 16:56:43 +03:00
Johannes Berg
7635bfb071 nl80211: Fix hostapd error path
i802_init() tries to clean up everything manually, call
wpa_driver_nl80211_deinit() instead and also handle the
EAPOL socket properly.
2011-10-22 13:04:47 +03:00
Ben Greear
36d84860bb nl80211: Use global netlink rtm event object
Netlink sockets can be shared among all driver instances, saving lots
of sockets, spurious log messages, memory, and CPU usage when using
multiple interfaces in a single process.
2011-10-22 12:39:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4b24282a17 hostapd: Call global_init/global_deinit driver_ops
Now both wpa_supplicant and hostapd allow the driver wrappers to use the
global context similarly.
2011-10-22 12:22:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9fb0407055 nl80211: Use a wrapper for genlmsg_put
This reduces the code size by a kilobyte or so and makes it easier
to replace the netlink instances to be shared among interfaces.
2011-10-22 11:29:03 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
bd43938102 wext: Do not set SSID on disconnect on Android
Some drivers seem to try to associate using the random SSID, so
do not use this hack on Android.
2011-10-21 19:11:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
724950836f wext: Clean up the disconnect BSSID/SSID clearing 2011-10-21 19:09:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bdc4c18e0a wext: Remove trailing whitespace 2011-10-21 18:58:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
16991cffd6 Interworking: Include Access Network Type in set_ap() driver_ops
This may be needed for drivers that process Probe Request frames
internally.
2011-10-21 12:12:36 +03:00
Johannes Berg
e8b5e24e04 nl80211: Clean up capability querying
There's no need to store everything once and then copy it. Just fill the
capa struct directly in the function that parses the info from nl80211.
2011-10-20 21:57:32 +03:00
Johannes Berg
9b90955ec7 AP: Pass only bssid/addr/wds to EVENT_RX_FROM_UNKNOWN 2011-10-20 21:51:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6e8183d714 nl80211: Stop more quickly on initialization errors
Stop on fatal errors like an attempt to use a non-existing interface or
not have root privileges to avoid producing confusing error messages.
2011-10-20 21:36:36 +03:00
Johannes Berg
40442f5b48 nl80211: Compat code for genl_ctrl_alloc_cache
It's really a waste of bits to duplicate the code for
genl_ctrl_alloc_cache() again and again -- just add a
wrapper like in iw.
2011-10-20 21:08:26 +03:00
Johannes Berg
bcf24348ed AP: Do station poll in driver wrapper
This offloads the station polling to driver wrappers, which may offload
it again to the driver. The hostap driver wrapper uses "real" data
frames while nl80211 uses null data frames.

Also add a specific event to indicate that a poll was successful for
future use with the nl80211 driver.
2011-10-20 21:03:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
180cdf45a4 wext: Increase scan timeout from 5 to 10 seconds
Some dualband cards can use more than five seconds to run through
a full scan, so increase the timeout to avoid hitting the missing
scan completed event workaround.
2011-10-18 23:04:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ea08bfe384 netlink: Do not use void pointer for pointer arithmetic
This is a non-standard extension in gcc, so better not depend on it.
2011-10-18 17:00:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3c11382b6c Remove set_intra_bss() driver_ops
This has been replaced by the isolate parameter available through
set_ap() calls.
2011-10-17 23:04:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ecff342716 atheros: Add a placeholder function for set_ap() driver_ops 2011-10-17 21:36:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8a33a63f58 Add Interworking configuration in set_ap() driver_ops
Drivers that implement SME/MLME may find it easier to use separated
information to configure Interworking related parameters.
2011-10-17 21:35:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
31357268e5 Move AP BSS configuration parameters into set_ap()
Remove the separate driver_ops functions set_cts_protect(),
set_preamble(), set_short_slot_time(), and set_ht_params(). These
belong into same set of operations as set_ap(), so there is no need
to maintain separate functions that just make the driver wrapper
more complex.

Since these have only been used with driver_nl80211.c, the driver_ops
can be removed immediately instead of maintaining backwards
compatibility period with the old functions.
2011-10-17 19:31:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fd13a54180 Deprecate set_intra_bss() driver_ops
The AP client isolation parameter is now available through set_ap().
driver_nl80211.c was the only driver wrapper using the set_intra_bss()
call in hostap.git, but some external trees may have used this. Once
those are cleared, the set_infra_bss() driver_ops can be removed
completely. The only remaining use case for it currently is in P2P
GO mode with wpa_supplicant.
2011-10-17 18:58:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
062390efd4 Start deprecating various AP mode driver_ops
The preferred way of configuring AP mode will be to use set_ap() instead
of number of separate operations hostapd has collected over the years.
2011-10-17 18:35:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9e85b1ed49 atheros: Add debug hexdumps for IE configuration 2011-10-17 17:56:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
71269b3708 WNM: Add BSS Transition Management Request for ESS Disassoc Imminent
"hostapd_cli ess_disassoc (STA addr) (URL)" can now be used to send
an ESS Dissassociation Imminent notification to the STA. This event
is shown in wpa_supplicant ctrl_iface monitors (e.g., wpa_cli):
"WNM: ESS Disassociation Imminent - session_info_url=http://example.com/session/"
2011-10-16 23:55:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4fe9fa0d29 nl80211: Register GAS frames for Interworking
The GAS frames are used both with P2P and Interworking, so register
them if CONFIG_INTERWORKING is used without CONFIG_P2P.
2011-10-16 23:55:34 +03:00
Luciano Coelho
bd525934e5 nl80211: Add support for sched_scan filtering
Use the SSID filter list passed in the scheduled scan request down to
the kernel driver, so it can use the list to return only the wanted
SSIDs. Some kernel drivers can use this information to offload the
SSID filter to the hardware, helping with reducing the power
consumption.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2011-10-15 18:53:14 +03:00
Luciano Coelho
b59e6f267b Add filter support to scheduled scans
Pass SSIDs to be matched in scheduled scan results. Only the SSIDs
that are included in the match lists will be reported by the driver,
so the filtering can be offloaded to the hardware and the power
consumption can be reduced.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2011-10-15 18:53:14 +03:00
Luciano Coelho
35b741fdf7 Increase maximum number of SSIDs per scan
With scheduled scan support, we may need to pass more than 10 SSIDs in
a single scan request. Some drivers (e.g., wl12xx) support up to 16
SSIDs at once.

Change WPAS_MAX_SCAN_SSIDS from 10 to 16.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2011-10-15 18:53:13 +03:00
Luciano Coelho
d21c63b925 nl80211: Add scheduled scan support
This commit adds scheduled scan support in the nl80211 driver.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2011-10-15 18:53:13 +03:00
Luciano Coelho
cbdf3507e9 Add scheduled scan driver operations
In new Linux kernel versions (>=3.0), nl80211 adds scheduled scan
capability. In order to use this feature to its full extent, we need
to support it in the wpa_supplicant core, so that it can also be used
by other drivers.

This commit adds initial scheduled scan support operations and events.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2011-10-15 18:53:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
44dc872ee5 nl80211: Add debug print for channel changes 2011-10-15 13:29:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dcd1eb5be5 Fix some forgotten comments in set_beacon to set_ap change 2011-10-15 13:15:24 +03:00
Jithu Jance
6758b1677a nl80211: Use shorter monitor interface name for P2P GO
Currently the P2P Interface name[p2p-%s-%d] is reset when the P2P
Interface name reaches the "IFNAMSIZ" limit. Monitor interface name is
derived from p2p interface name with the addition of few characters
[mon.p2p-%s-%d] and hence Monitor interface name hits IFNAMSIZ limit
before P2P Interface name. Rename the monitor interface name to
mon-%s-%d to reduce the length to same with p2p-%s-%d.
2011-10-15 13:07:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
15e2c77d03 Sync with wireless-testing.git linux/nl80211.h 2011-10-02 13:16:42 +03:00
Shan Palanisamy
a52eba0f44 FT: Add driver wrappers for FT with driver-based MLME/SME 2011-09-30 00:05:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
206e1f422f P2P: Provide mechanism for figuring out p2p_scan_ie() buffer need
The new function, p2p_scan_ie_buf_len(), can be used to figure out
how large a buffer needs to be allocated for p2p_scan_ie() use. This
makes it easier to add new data into the buffer without forcing all
callers to be updated to use a larger buffer.
2011-09-29 22:18:23 +03:00
Vivek Natarajan
004ba773ce nl80211: Add driver flag for firmware-based BSS selection
This new flag can be used to change wpa_supplicant behavior in the
default ap_scan=1 mode to move BSS selection into the driver (likely
firmware). This commit is only adding the flag; separate commits
will be used to change the actual connection/roaming behavior.
2011-09-26 14:26:55 +03:00
Mathieu Olivari
8a8c1c0ea5 atheros: Allow flattened driver include file directories
Remove the full driver path to the driver header file to make it
easier to use common include directory for all driver headers.
2011-09-26 11:49:22 +03:00
Subrat Dash
6a5200e699 atheros: Fix WEXT SIOCGIWESSID use with WE-21 and newer
The "too long" buffer (32+1 octets) prevented AP from starting up with
32 octet SSID with WE-21 and newer. Fix this by reducing the
SIOCGIWESSID buffer length.
2011-09-22 15:42:03 +03:00
Pavel Roskin
ffbf1eaa26 Fix typos found by codespell
Signed-off-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
2011-09-22 00:43:59 +03:00
Pavel Roskin
a776b19cda wext: Remove write-only variable ap_num
Signed-off-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
2011-09-22 00:41:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c36d52427a nl80211: Support PMKSA candidate events
This adds support for RSN pre-authentication with nl80211 interface and
drivers that handle roaming internally (i.e., wpa_supplicant is not
responsible for requesting scan results that provide the needed
information without these events).
2011-09-21 16:14:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c8c71b395c Sync with wireless-testing.git linux/nl80211.h 2011-09-21 16:14:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
20f5a4c24c nl80211: Work around EALREADY from connect command
cfg80211 does not currently allow NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when there
is already an association. This can result in wpa_supplicant being
unable to request a connection if the interface is already in
connected state. Work around this by requesting disconnection if
the connect command fails with EALREADY error. This allows
wpa_supplicant to recover from the unexpected state and complete
the connect request on next attempt.
2011-09-18 21:26:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a8b8379adf Sync with wireless-testing.git linux/nl80211.h 2011-09-16 17:13:08 +03:00
Johannes Berg
531f0331a1 nl80211: Cancel not yet started r-o-c
Currently, the following can happen:

1) P2P state machine requests R-O-C
2) user changes their mind and aborts
3) P2P state machine aborts R-O-C
4) driver_nl80211 rejects abort since there
   was no notification about the start yet
5) R-O-C period start notification from kernel
6) P2P state machine requests new R-O-C
7) this overlaps with old R-O-C -- iwlwifi driver
   can't handle that and returns -EBUSY
8) state machine stops dead in its tracks

The reason is that the abort isn't going through properly. Instead of
tracking whether a R-O-C is active in driver_nl80211, track whether one
was requested to avoid this scenario.

Reported-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-09-10 22:57:41 +03:00
Rajkumar Manoharan
47185fc788 P2P: Remove CCK supported rates when running P2P scan
This allows drivers to disable CCK rates from Probe Request frames.
For nl80211, this is currently applying only to the supported rates
element(s), but this mechanism could be extended to address TX rate
control masking, too, to lessen need for global rate disabling.

Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-09-10 22:40:30 +03:00
Johannes Berg
7626850dd6 nl80211: Automatically use concurrent P2P if possible
Since the kernel can now advertise P2P concurrent support by advertising
interface combinations, we can take advantage of that and automatically
use P2P_CONCURRENT / P2P_MGMT_AND_NON_P2P for drivers that advertise
support.

Keep driver_param=use_p2p_group_interface=1 for anyone not advertising
interface combinations in their drivers yet.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-09-10 21:52:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
64fa840a97 nl80211: Fix WPA_VERSIONS attribute for Connect command
The previous code was trying to figure out which WPA version is
used based on the extra IEs requested for Association Request. That
did not work properly in cases where non-WPA networks are used with
some extra IEs. Fix this by using more robust mechanism for passing
the WPA versions from core wpa_supplicant to the driver_ops
associate().
2011-09-02 20:40:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
83180479f0 Android: Modify wireless_copy.h to fix Android build 2011-09-02 16:50:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
86957e6298 nl80211: Support AP mode probe/action frame TX/RX without monitor iface
This allows non-mac80211 drivers to report received Probe Request
frames to user space and Probe Response and Action frames to be sent
from user space when using AP/P2P GO mode.
2011-08-29 14:26:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4dc03726de Delay STA entry removal until Deauth/Disassoc TX status in AP mode
This allows the driver to use PS buffering of Deauthentication and
Disassociation frames when the STA is in power save sleep. The STA
entry (and PTK) will be removed from the kernel only after the
Deauth/Disassoc has been transmitted (e.g., when the STA wakes up).
A hardcoded two second timeout is used to limit the length of this
window should the driver fail to deliver the frame (e.g., the STA
is out of range and does not wake up). The kernel STA entry is
marked unauthorized during the wait to avoid accepting Data
frames from the STA that we have decided to disconnect.

This behavior is available only with drivers that provide TX status
events for Deauth/Disassoc frames (nl80211 at this point). Other
drivers continue to use the previous behavior where the STA entry
is removed immediately.
2011-08-28 23:07:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fb91db5639 Provide extra IEs for AP mode management frames with set_ap
Drivers that build Beacon, Probe Response, and (Re)Association
Response frames can use this information to and WPS and P2P IE
when needed.
2011-08-26 21:14:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
97a7a0b504 Add support for setting SSID hiding mode through set_ap() 2011-08-26 21:12:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b11d1d6439 Add crypto parameters to set_ap() command separately
This helps drivers that build the Beacon and Probe Response frames
internally.
2011-08-26 21:11:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d8cc23a438 Sync with include/linux/nl80211.h in wireless-testing.git 2011-08-26 21:09:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ccb941e6da Add SSID as a separate item in AP mode Beacon setup
This makes it easier for drivers that need the SSID to get it from the
Beacon setup operation without having to parse the Beacon IEs.
2011-08-10 13:29:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
19c3b56685 Replace set_beacon() driver op with set_ap()
This change is a first step in better supporting different driver
architectures for AP mode operations with nl80211. This commit in
itself does not add new functionality, but it makes it easier to add
new AP mode parameters to address needs of drivers that have more of
the MLME/SME in firmware or kernel.
2011-08-10 13:22:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5fb1a23252 nl80211: Fix hostapd build 2011-08-09 23:32:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f10bfc9adb nl80211: Add l2_packet for AP mode EAPOL TX without monitor iface
This can be used with drivers that do not support monitor interface
when transmitting EAPOL frames in AP mode.
2011-08-09 14:04:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9db931ed6d nl80211: Do not include NL80211_ATTR_DURATION in TX frame if zero
When offloading of the offchannel TX wait is not used, it is better to
not include NL80211_ATTR_DURATION to avoid confusing nl80211/cfg80211.
2011-08-09 14:01:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a381f2a286 nl80211: Fix connect command to not claim WPA if WPS is used
Such using params->wpa_ie to figure out whether the connection is for
WPA/WPA2 is not correct since that buffer is used also to add WPS IE. In
case of WPS, do not add NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS to avoid confusing
drivers.
2011-08-09 13:59:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a05225c819 nl80211: Add more debug information on frame TX command failures 2011-08-09 13:59:12 +03:00
Pavel Roskin
e783c9b0e5 madwifi: Implement set_freq for hostapd, adjust hostapd.conf
Signed-off-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
2011-07-29 20:51:55 +03:00
Pavel Roskin
374038fbde hostap: Remove unused variable in handle_frame()
Signed-off-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
2011-07-29 20:51:55 +03:00
Pavel Roskin
f11634bf5d hostap: Add channel selection support in hostapd
Signed-off-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
2011-07-29 20:51:50 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
a79d5479df Increase maximum number of SSIDs per scan with ProbeReq to 10 2011-07-19 08:55:46 +03:00
Eliad Peller
2f4f73b154 nl80211: Change vif type to P2P_CLI upon P2P authentication
Currently, wpa_driver_nl80211_authenticate() changes the interface type
to station. However, in case of P2P, we need to change the interface
type to P2P_CLI.

Add p2p field to the authentication params, and consider it for choosing
the correct interface type.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2011-07-17 20:25:58 +03:00
Eliad Peller
b1f625e0d8 nl80211: Consider P2P when changing vif type
Commit 9f51b11395 added support for P2P
interfaces when adding a new interface. However, it didn't handle the
case in which the same interface is being used and its type is being
changed. Add support for this case.

Consequently, when doing "ap_scan_as_station" we now need to save the
actual AP interface type (AP/P2P GO) in order to restore it properly.
For that, change ap_scan_as_station type from int to nl80211_iftype, and
set it to NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFED when not used.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2011-07-17 20:22:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ff6a158b40 nl80211: Do not re-set iftype when initializing added interface
There is no need to force the interface into station mode when
wpa_supplicant adds a new interface (e.g., P2P group) with the correct
iftype.
2011-07-17 20:03:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a1922f934d nl80211: Add more debug info for iftype changes 2011-07-17 19:47:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7d9c369827 nl80211: Ignore ifdown event if mode change triggered it
When driver_nl80211.c has to set the netdev down to change iftype, an
RTM_NEWLINK event is generated. Do not generate
EVENT_INTERFACE_DISABLED event based on that.
2011-07-17 13:56:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
04a85e4401 P2P: Filter Probe Request frames based on DA and BSSID in Listen state
Only accept Probe Request frames that have a Wildcard BSSID and a
destination address that matches with our P2P Device Address or is the
broadcast address per P2P specification 3.1.2.1.1.
2011-07-15 20:28:46 +03:00
Johannes Berg
f67eeb5c32 nl80211: fix interface address assignment
When a new interface is created and already has a separate MAC address
assigned by the kernel, then we need to use that address, not just when
we've created a locally administered address.

This fixes use_p2p_group_interface=1 for iwlagn as it already makes
mac80211 assign an address for a second interface since the hardware has
two addresses assigned.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-07-15 12:05:19 +03:00
Johannes Berg
b14a210ce2 nl80211: Support GTK rekey offload
Add support to wpa_supplicant for device-based GTK rekeying. In order to
support that, pass the KEK, KCK, and replay counter to the driver, and
handle rekey events that update the latter.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-07-12 21:22:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7aec3776b9 Sync with linux/nl80211.h from wireless-testing.git 2011-07-12 20:53:32 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
95ab606345 nl80211: Send STA flags to kernel on station addition
Send STA flags to kernel when adding a new station. This ensures
stations are added with up to date flags by kernel drivers.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
2011-07-12 20:28:31 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
d83ab1fe37 hostapd: Set STA flags when adding a new station
When adding a new station, set the STA flags as part of the sta_add()
command. This ensures the flags are up to date when the station is added
by lower level drivers.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
2011-07-12 20:26:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5f310a9e24 nl80211: Process association/disassociation events in AP mode
This allows non-mac80211 drivers that implement AP mode SME/MLME
in firmware or driver to notify hostapd/wpa_supplicant of AP mode
association events.
2011-07-01 18:44:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
866af8b6bd nl80211: Allow AP mode to be started without monitor interface
This is in preparation for supporting AP mode with SME/MLME in the
driver/firmware.
2011-06-28 21:59:44 +03:00
Baruch Siach
567afddb69 atheros: Fix glibc 'invalid pointer' error when WPA_TRACE is enabled
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
2011-06-25 15:41:46 +03:00
Zhu Yi
c3b0a1c8ad bsd: Fix set_key() sequence number endian issue
In set_key handler, the seq[8] is in little endian order defined by
WPA. BSD kernel uses a u_int64_t value ik_keyrsc to represent it
internally. The kernel expects the native endian order for the value.
Thus, we need to detect the endian order and swap bytes when
necessary.
2011-06-23 15:47:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a6efc65ddb nl80211: Add support for driver-based PMKSA cache
Implement PMKSA cache operations add, remove, and flush using nl80211
commands NL80211_CMD_{SET,DEL,FLUSH}_PMKSA to support PMKSA caching
with drivers that select the AP and generate the RSN IE internally.
2011-06-20 10:17:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f07ead6af9 nl80211: Re-order functions to group AP/hostapd specific code
Get rid of separate ifdef/endif blocks for AP specific and hostapd
specific code, i.e., only have one main block of code for each case.
2011-05-27 19:02:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f7b3920c90 nl80211: Enable more AP callbacks for non-hostapd AP mode
Some of these are required for proper functionality (like
get_seqnum); others may not be needed yet, but including them
allows some extra ifdef/endif blocks to be removed.
2011-05-27 18:54:36 +03:00
Eliad Peller
257da77362 nl80211: Implement set_rate_sets for non-hostapd AP case
.set_rate_sets is not defined for non-hostapd, which prevents
configuring basic_rates when working as P2P GO.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2011-05-27 18:41:46 +03:00
Ken Zhu
41fd1d9e9a atheros: Fix auth_alg configuration for static WEP
When IEEE 802.1X is not enabled, driver_atheros.c needs to know how
to set authentication algorithms for static WEP.
2011-05-20 18:27:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
46957a9b2d nl80211: Filter out duplicated BSS table entries from scan results
cfg80211 maintains separate BSS table entries for APs if the same
BSSID,SSID pair is seen on multiple channels. wpa_supplicant does
not use frequency as a separate key in the BSS table, so filter out
duplicated entries. Prefer associated BSS entry in such a case in
order to get the correct frequency into the BSS table.
2011-05-16 19:18:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f5a8d42229 nl80211: Fetch assoc_freq from scan table for connect event
When kernel-based SME is used, use the scan table to find a BSS entry
for the associated AP when processing connected event.
2011-05-16 18:35:42 +03:00
Yi Zhu
ca79385ab5 bsd: Add support for setting HT values in IFM_MMASK 2011-04-14 22:22:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
35530d1472 driver_test: Check set_ssid len before trying to hexdump the SSID 2011-04-14 19:52:26 +03:00
Yi Zhu
d4a747f006 bsd: Fix buffer size for routing socket with IPv6 disabled
AF_INET6 is not always enabled by default, so use AF_INET instead. In
addition, use the old fixed length, 2048, as a failover value if the
sysctl fails for any reason.
2011-04-12 23:09:14 +03:00
Mahesh Palivela
a1ca02927a atheros: Add support for IEEE 802.11w configuration 2011-04-08 12:06:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3f3602386e nl80211: Add support for auth_alg auto-selection with connect command
When the SME is in the driver or cfg80211, the automatic selection
of auth_alg is done by leaving out the NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
attribute from the NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command.
2011-04-07 14:53:40 +03:00
Felix Fietkau
4378fc14eb nl80211: Send EAPOL frames as QoS data frames for QoS aware clients
This should fix EAPOL reauthentication and rekeying timeout issues
with Intel clients when using WMM (e.g., with IEEE 802.11n). These
stations do not seem to be able to handle EAPOL data frames as
non-QoS Data frames after the initial setup.

This adds STA flags to hapd_send_eapol() driver op to allow
driver_nl80211.c to mark the EAPOL frames as QoS Data frame
when injecting it through the monitor interface.
2011-04-02 22:03:05 +03:00
Paul Stewart
1c5c7273f5 driver: Function to directly poll signal quality
This provides a means for the supplicant to directly request signal
quality metrics from the driver. This is useful, for example for
background scan algorithms that might ask desire this information
out-of-band with CQM events.

Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
2011-03-31 17:56:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2fee890af7 Add driver capa flag for EAPOL TX status and store capa in hostapd 2011-03-29 17:36:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b8f64582e3 TDLS: Allow TDLS to be disabled at runtime for testing purposes
Control interface command 'SET tdls_disabled <1/0>' can now be used
to disable/enable TDLS at runtime. This is mainly for testing
purposes.
2011-03-24 20:44:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
21bdbe38be nl80211: Implement deauth for IBSS as leave IBSS command 2011-03-23 21:15:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ef985058f4 nl80211: Use NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION event to indicate IBSS peer loss 2011-03-23 15:32:55 +02:00
Johannes Berg
c4bb881743 nl80211: Do not add interface to the global list in case of failure
This avoids leaving a freed interface on the global list in case
driver initialization fails.
2011-03-22 15:52:04 +02:00
Jean-Michel Bachot
046ef4aa67 P2P: Add option for requested device type in P2P search/scan
With this, p2p_find can be extended to find certain requested device
types.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-03-19 12:57:46 +02:00
Xi Chen
ea244d2156 IBSS RSN: Clear IBSS RSN peers based on peer lost events 2011-03-18 17:04:46 +02:00
Johannes Berg
ee7ab173c7 nl80211: Implement deauth/disassoc for non-HOSTAPD case
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-03-16 16:11:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e17a2477db nl80211: Extend bridge add/del operations for secondary BSSes
Previously, only the main interface was added to a bridge. Extend this
to apply to all configured BSSes.
2011-03-15 13:02:49 +02:00
Ken Zhu
7099861e4e atheros: Fix default TX key index setting for WEP 2011-03-11 17:55:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
61fbd3df04 Fix couple of typos in comments 2011-03-11 12:12:36 +02:00
Ganesh Prasadh
281ff0aa76 TDLS: Add initial support for TDLS (IEEE Std 802.11z-2010) 2011-03-06 14:53:49 +02:00
Shan Palanisamy
a4dc6e1934 atheros: Add support for setting RSN/WPS IEs in Beacon/Probe Resp 2011-03-06 14:31:59 +02:00
Shan Palanisamy
39b08b5fc0 Indicate assoc vs. reassoc in association event
This allows driver wrappers to indicate whether the association was
done using Association Request/Response or with Reassociation
Request/Response frames.
2011-03-06 14:31:46 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
9fc6aa9f95 Add Android make files for hostapd and wpa_supplicant 2011-02-27 19:19:43 +02:00
Masashi Honma
28878f8b0e bsd: Use correct size for routing socket
The buffer size for routing socket is fixed to 2048.
This patch fix it to obtain the size from OS.

This patch worked on x86 platform with NetBSD 5.0.2.
2011-02-27 14:01:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c4d4aebe69 wext: Do not include typedefs for Android build
Android build gets __u32 and friends from
bionic/libc/kernel/arch-x86/asm/types.h and having the typedefs here
causes redefinition errors.
2011-02-25 13:36:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
47c64bfcc7 wext: Sync with linux/wireless.h from wireless-testing.git
This updates the Linux wireless extensions header file to be based
on the latest version (22).
2011-02-25 13:29:52 +02:00
Johannes Berg
8fd7dc1b1c P2P: Add new_device flag to dev_found callback
The DBus code will want to have perfect matching of dev_found and the
dev_lost it adds so it doesn't need to keep track internally. Enable
that with a new flag in the core that tracks whether we have already
notified about this -- the existing users can ignore it.

The part where this is always set to 1 if the new device is discovered
by a driver that has P2P in the driver is buggy -- the driver should
feed the P2P peer database and then that should feed the notification
here instead.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-24 21:59:58 +02:00
Konguraj(Raj) Kulanthaivel
c5db8e5170 P2P: Embed publically visible struct in peer info
This embeds some information about each P2P peer that will be publically
visible in a struct that is shared.

The dev_found notification function is also passed the new struct, which
requires some work for the driver-based P2P management.

Signed-off-by: Konguraj(Raj) Kulanthaivel <konguraj.kulanthaivel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabien Marotte <fabienx.marotte@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-24 21:51:17 +02:00
Raghunathan Kailasanathan
58708b3bd1 nl80211: Use nl_atype() from libnl
libnl provides nla_type() which can be used to derive nla_type from
struct nlattr.
2011-02-22 21:48:49 +02:00
Johannes Berg
89e07afb2c nl80211: Use max_remain_on_chan data from nl80211
If the driver advertises max_remain_on_chan data, use it instead of
the hardcoded value of 5000. Keep the default at 5000 since that is the
value used by earlier versions of cfg80211/mac80211 and not advertised
in nl80211 for those.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-01 18:18:32 +02:00
Eliad Peller
f14f5141a0 nl80211: Remove excessive nl80211_set_mode() call
When authenticating, and the interface type is not already
NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION, we need to call wpa_driver_nl80211_set_mode()
only once. Remove the excessive call.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2011-02-01 16:38:38 +02:00
Johannes Berg
9f51b11395 nl80211: use P2P interface types
We can use the P2P interface types to check if the driver supports P2P
and to tell the kernel that a given interface is going to be used for
P2P (when it is created).

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-01-31 21:49:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
df077c6262 Remove obsolete drivers wrappers: atmel, ndiswrapper, ipw, hermes
There is no real reason to maintain these in the current development
branch anymore. If someone really needs support for the obsolete
driver interfaces, these can be found in older wpa_supplicant
branches.

driver_atmel.c
- vendor-specific interface for ATMEL AT76C5XXx cards
- for some old out-of-tree driver; not for the upstream atmel*
  drivers

driver_ndiswrapper.c
- vendor-specific interface for an out-of-tree driver
- ndiswrapper should work with driver_wext.c, too

driver_ipw.c
- vendor-specific interface for old ipw2100/2200 driver
- the upstream driver works with driver_wext.c (and does not work
  with the old interface)

driver_hermes.c
- vendor driver that was not even included in the main wpa_supplicant
  releases
2011-01-30 21:29:25 +02:00
Helmut Schaa
f1bed4a70d nl80211: Make use of the ht opmode bss attribute
In order to enable protection mechanisms for different HT opmodes the
driver needs to be aware of the current HT opmode that is calculated by
hostapd. Hence, pass the current opmode to the nl80211 driver via
the bss attribute NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE.

Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
2011-01-30 21:16:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
60ea8187c9 nl80211: Set NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES based on set_key addr
This allows mac80211 to configure default keys properly for RSN IBSS
mode.
2011-01-09 19:54:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0382097ef3 Use set_key addr to distinguish default and multicast keys
Previously, both NULL and ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff addr were used in various
places to indicate default/broadcast keys. Make this more consistent
and useful by defining NULL to mean default key (i.e., used both for
unicast and broadcast) and ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff to indicate broadcast
key (i.e., used only with broadcast).
2011-01-09 19:44:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8546ea1930 nl80211: Avoid infinite loop when searching a BSS
When hostapd is removing a virtual BSS interface, the loop here was
incorrectly not updating the iterator during list traversal and
ended up in an infinite loop in some cases.
2011-01-09 19:18:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4d379f1243 Move hostap driver specific workaround into the driver wrapper 2011-01-09 12:50:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
da64c266e7 Use more consistent set_key seq value when nothing is being set
Use NULL instead of (u8 *) "" as the seq value and make sure the
driver wrapper implementations can handle NULL value. This was
previously already done in number of places, but not everywhere.
2011-01-09 12:09:04 +02:00
Shan Palanisamy
dcc8bf7808 atheros: Rename "madwifi_" prefix to "atheros_" 2010-12-30 16:14:28 +02:00
Yi Zhu
23763c6516 bsd: Fix receive buffer alignment issue
wpa_supplicant seems to crash from time to time on a NetBSD 4.0 MIPS
platform. The root cause turned out to be a MIPS alignment issue.

In my wpa_supplicant crash case, in function
wpa_driver_bsd_event_receive (from driver_bsd.c), the buf[2048] address
is started from i.e. 0x7fffd546, which is not 4 bytes aligned. Later
when it is casted to (struct if_msghdr *), and rtm->rtm_flags is used.
rtm->rtm_flags is "int" type, but its address is not 4 bytes aligned.
This is because the start address of rtm is not 4 bytes aligned.
Unfortunately in NetBSD MIPS kernel (unlike Linux MIPS kernel emulates
unaligned access in its exception handler), the default behavior is to
generate a memory fault to the application that accesses unaligned
memory address. Thus comes the early mentioned wpa_supplicant crash. An
interesting note is when I'm using the wpa_supplicant version 0.4.9, I
never saw this problem. Maybe the stack layout is different. But I
didn't look into details.

I used below patch to resolve this problem. Now it runs correctly for at
least several hours. But you might have a better fix (maybe we can use
malloc/free so that it is at least cache line aligned?). I'm also not
sure if other drivers should have the same problem.
2010-12-30 16:13:19 +02:00
Yi Zhu
9f2951d2fd Fix driver_bsd.c compile error
I got an error for WPA_KEY_RSC_LEN is not defined when compiling the
driver_bsd.c on NetBSD 4.0. Below patch fixed it.
2010-12-30 16:12:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3ac17eba31 P2P: Add initial support for driver-based P2P management
This adds partial callbacks and events to allow P2P management to be
implemented in a driver/firmware. This is not yet complete and is
very much subject to change in the future.
2010-12-30 12:48:55 +02:00
Johannes Berg
5dfca53fc0 nl80211: Use driver-based off-channel TX if available
If the underlying driver supports off-channel TX, it will now be used by
the nl80211 driver wrapper, setting WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_OFFCHANNEL_TX
accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2010-12-29 14:05:34 +02:00
Johannes Berg
190b9062b2 P2P: Add option for offloading off-channel TX to the driver
With the new kernel functionality coming to Linux to allow off-channel
TX, we can take advantage of that in the P2P code that currently uses
remain-on-channel. If a driver advertises support for it, it will be
asked to handle off-channel TX by itself.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2010-12-29 13:59:17 +02:00
Johannes Berg
0d7e5a3a29 Allow AP mode to disconnect STAs based on low ACK condition
The nl80211 driver can report low ACK condition (in fact it reports
complete loss right now only). Use that, along with a config option, to
disconnect stations when the data connection is not working properly,
e.g., due to the STA having went outside the range of the AP. This is
disabled by default and can be enabled with disassoc_low_ack=1 in
hostapd or wpa_supplicant configuration file.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2010-12-28 17:15:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
79c3124ce5 nl80211: Remove extra \n from debug messages 2010-12-19 12:00:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7d878ca769 Use SA Query procedure to recovery from AP/STA state mismatch
If a station received unprotected Deauthentication or Disassociation
frame with reason code 6 or 7 from the current AP, there may be a
mismatch in association state between the AP and STA. Verify whether
this is the case by using SA Query procedure. If not response is
received from the AP, deauthenticate.

This implementation is only for user space SME with
driver_nl80211.c.
2010-12-19 11:58:00 +02:00
Masashi Honma
2136f48020 nl80211: Stop driver init sooner if the interface does not exist 2010-12-17 13:55:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2397086869 nl80211: Add forgotten deinit code on failure path 2010-12-17 13:49:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
278ef89f3f nl80211: Sync definitions with wireless-testing.git 2010-12-17 13:07:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aca0160548 nl80211: Set cipher suites when using user space SME
Previously, pairwise and group cipher suites were configured only
when kernel SME (nl80211 connect API) was used. However, mac80211
needs this information even in the user space SME case for one
thing: to disable HT when TKIP/WEP is used. Add
NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE to fix this special case with
user space SME. This allows mac80211 to disable HT properly when
the AP is configured with configuration that is not allowed.
2010-12-13 21:08:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
89c38e32c7 RSN IBSS: RX GTK configuration with nl80211
This add preliminary code for setting the per-STA RX GTK for
RSN IBSS when nl80211 drivers. For some reason, this does not
seem to fully work, but at least driver_nl80211.c is now aware of
what kind of key is being set and the whatever is missing from
making this key configuration go through should be specific to
nl80211/cfg80211.
2010-12-04 20:31:22 -08:00
Jouni Malinen
18d2ba083b nl80211: Generate EVENT_IBSS_RSN_START events
This is needed to trigger start of 4-way handshake when a new STA is
detected in an RSN IBSS.
2010-12-04 18:17:58 -08:00
Jouni Malinen
482856c8ba nl80211: Fix compiler warnings on non-P2P build 2010-11-27 13:05:37 +02:00
Ben Greear
6859f1cb24 Enable sharing of scan result events among virtual interfaces
When controlling multiple virtual interfaces on the same physical
radio, share the scan results events with sibling interfaces. This
decreases the time it takes to connect many virtual interfaces.

This is currently only supported on Linux with cfg80211-based
drivers when using nl80211 or wext driver interface.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2010-11-26 21:46:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f2ed8023c4 nl80211: Track used interfaces and support multiple P2P groups
Track all the P2P group interfaces within driver_nl80211.c to make
it easier to generate unique P2P Interface Addresses.
2010-11-26 18:14:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
871f4dd069 Allow driver wrappers to indicate whether result codes are sane
Some drivers are not providing exactly reliable error codes (e.g.,
with WEXT), but others may actually indicate reliable information.
Allow driver wrappers to indicate if that is the case and use
optimizations if so. For now, this improves nl80211 with
NL80211_CMD_CONNECT for a case where connection request fails.
2010-11-26 17:41:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
df89c1c8d1 nl80211: Add BSSID to NL80211_CMD_CONNECT assoc reject event 2010-11-26 17:40:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ce04af5a74 nl80211: Fix NL80211_CMD_CONNECT with WPA/WPS networks 2010-11-26 17:39:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c55f774d00 nl80211: Add preliminary code for testing separate P2P group interface
driver_param=use_p2p_group_interface=1 can now be used to test
nl80211-drivers with separate P2P group interface. In other words,
the main interface (e.g., wlan0) is reserved for P2P management
operations and non-P2P connections and a new group interface (e.g.,
p2p-wlan0-0) is created for the P2P group.

This implementation is very minimal, i.e., it only support address
allocation for a single P2P group interface (if the driver does not
handle this internally). In addition, not all functionality has yet
been tested, so for now, this is disabled by default and needs that
special driver_param to enable.
2010-11-26 15:54:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
971e357f19 P2P: Add new driver option for interface allocation
WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_MGMT_AND_NON_P2P flag can now be used to
indicate that the initial interface (e.g., wlan0) is used for
P2P management operations and potentially non-P2P connections.
This is otherwise identical to
WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_DEDICATED_INTERFACE, but the possibility of
non-P2P connections makes some operations differ.
2010-11-26 15:52:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ebbec8b2fa nl80211: Fix send commands to return 0 on success
driver.h defines these functions to return 0 on success, not
number of bytes transmitted. Most callers are checking "< 0" for
error condition, but not all. Address this by following the driver
API specification on 0 meaning success.
2010-11-24 14:58:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d8e66e80b9 Add HT40 flags into driver channel list
This can be used to figure out whether the driver would allow
HT40-/HT40+ on any specific channel.
2010-11-12 18:13:37 +02:00
Anil Gathala Sudha
7cfc4ac319 P2P: Add support for automatic channel selection at GO
The driver wrapper may now indicate the preferred channel (e.g., based
on scan results) on both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz bands (and an overall best
frequency). When setting up a GO, this preference information is used
to select the operating channel if configuration does not include
hardcoded channel. Similarly, this information can be used during
GO Negotiation to indicate preference for a specific channel based
on current channel conditions.

p2p_group_add command can now use special values (freq=2 and freq=5)
to indicate that the GO is to be started on the specified band.
2010-11-10 13:33:47 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
d38ae2ea85 Add bridge handling for WDS STA interfaces
By default, add them to the configured bridge of the AP interface
(if present), but allow the user to specify a separate bridge.
2010-11-09 16:12:42 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
4a8c72959e nl80211: Fix AP VLAN handling for WDS STA reassociation
When a STA reassociates, the AP VLAN interface is still present,
do not attempt to create it in that case.
2010-11-09 16:03:05 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
3efb432952 driver_roboswitch: include net/if.h instead of linux/if.h
including linux/if.h clashes with other header files on some systems
2010-11-09 15:55:34 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
089da7c32b driver_madwifi: fix a compile error on big endian systems 2010-11-09 15:53:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7e3c178142 Remove unused TX queue parameters related to Beacon frames
These are not used by any driver wrapper, i.e., only the four
data queues (BK, BE, VI, VO) are configurable. Better remove these
so that there is no confusion about being able to configure
something additional.
2010-11-05 01:23:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6e1468839c nl80211: Allow libnl to be replaced with libnl-tiny
CONFIG_LIBNL_TINY=y can be used to select libnl-tiny instead of
libnl.
2010-11-04 17:14:58 +02:00
Helmut Schaa
65ae1afd44 nl80211: Pass data frames from unknown STAs to hostapd
Pass data frames from unknown STAs to hostapd in order to reply with
a Deauthentication or Disassociation frame. This fixes compliance
with IEEE Std 802.11-2007, 11.3.

Furthermore, this does not cause a lot of overhead (at least with
mac80211 drivers) since mac80211 does not pass all data frames (but
at least from unauthenticated and unassociated STAs) to cooked monitor
interfaces.

Tested with rt2800pci on a MIPS board.

Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
2010-10-31 21:36:43 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
7a6a6374f2 Clear vars in drivers makefile
drivers.mak is shared between hostapd and wpa_supplicant and
compiling them together may create "wrong" flags.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2010-10-31 11:59:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
59ddf221c8 Add BSSID to association rejected events 2010-10-27 20:27:39 +03:00
Shan Palanisamy
d143bdc862 atheros: Remove debug for ioctls that are not used anymore
This is needed to fix build with a newer driver version.
2010-10-27 11:33:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c973f3868a P2P: Remove P2P group on driver resource becoming unavailable
Add a new driver event, EVENT_INTERFACE_UNAVAILABLE, for indicating
that the driver is not able to continue operating the virtual
interface in its current mode anymore, e.g., due to operating
channel for GO interface forced to a DFS channel by another virtual
interface.

When this happens for a P2P group interface, the P2P group will
be terminated and P2P-GROUP-REMOVED event shows the reason for
this as follows:
P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan0 GO reason=UNAVAILABLE
2010-10-25 19:16:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0e8da74e22 Fix build with drivers that use driver_wext.c
If CONFIG_DRIVER_WEXT=y is not used in .config, but driver_wext.c
gets pull in to help another driver wrapper, rfkill code needs to
included to fix the build.
2010-10-15 22:11:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
33c5deb816 nl80211: Indicate channel list change events
Listen to regulatory event messages from kernel and convert them to
internal driver event notifications indicated that the channel list
may have changed.
2010-10-15 18:56:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b5c9da8db3 P2P: Add mechanism for updating P2P channel list based on driver events
This allows P2P channel list to be updated whenever the driver changes
its list of allowed channels, e.g., based on country code from scan
results.
2010-10-15 18:55:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d054a4622c P2P: Reject multi-channel concurrent operations depending on driver
The driver wrapper can now indicate whether the driver supports
concurrent operations on multiple channels (e.g., infra STA connection
on 5 GHz channel 36 and P2P group on 2.4 GHz channel 1). If not,
P2P_CONNECT commands will be rejected if they would require
multi-channel concurrency.

The new failure codes for P2P_CONNECT:

FAIL-CHANNEL-UNAVAILABLE:
The requested/needed channel is not currently available (i.e., user has
an option of disconnecting another interface to make the channel
available).

FAIL-CHANNEL-UNSUPPORTED:
The request channel is not available for P2P.
2010-10-14 14:24:56 +03:00
Paul Stewart
7ee35bf395 nl80211: Add more details into signal change events
Add new survey retrieval function and add txrate to station into the
EVENT_SIGNAL_CHANGE events.
2010-10-12 20:01:50 +03:00
Johannes Berg
5582a5d1b3 nl80211: Use nl80211 for Probe Request/Response frames
The new nl80211 API means we don't need to use monitor interfaces. This
means that the P2P implementation now requires a kernel that has support
for generic management frame (not just Action frame) transmission.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2010-10-10 18:10:37 +03:00
Johannes Berg
9884f9cc1c nl80211: Refactor Action frame TX
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2010-10-10 18:00:25 +03:00
Johannes Berg
bd94971e11 nl80211: Use new frame registration API
This is backward compatible since older kernels will ignore the extra
attribute and only allow registration for Action frames.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2010-10-10 17:55:18 +03:00
Johannes Berg
6ee04cfcf4 nl80211: support intra-BSS configuration
Using the AP_ISOLATE nl80211 option, we can support intra-BSS
distribution configuration.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2010-10-10 17:48:54 +03:00
Johannes Berg
a65a9aed7e nl80211: work around libnl bug
libnl has a bug, when binding more than two sockets and releasing one,
it will release the wrong address and then try to reuse it, which fails.
Therefore, we need to reimplement the socket address assignment logic
locally for libnl 1.1.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2010-10-10 17:47:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
257a515295 nl80211: Sync with wireless-testing.git 2010-10-09 11:57:05 +03:00
David A Benjamin
32f4e7b124 wext: Fix scan result signal levels when driver reports in dBm
wpa_supplicant showed signal levels incorrectly with some drivers:
Jun  6 16:29:36 rupert wpa_supplicant[18945]: Current BSS: 00:0d:97:11:40:d6
level=190
Jun  6 16:29:36 rupert wpa_supplicant[18945]: Selected BSS: 00:0d:97:11:50:09
level=192

Judging from output from other tools (iwlist) and the min_diff block
at the end of wpa_supplicant_need_to_roam, it seems these values
should actually be negative. Specifically, if one treats that number
as a signed char instead of unsigned, everything matches up.

To be honest, I've little to no understanding of wireless, but looking
at the source code for wireless-tools (iw_print_stats in iwlib.c), it
seems that the fields of the iw_quality struct need to be decoded
differently depending on various flags. I guess
src/drivers/driver_wext.c should have similar logic in
wext_get_scan_qual.

I wrote a patch that attempts to replicate some of that logic,
although it may be more complicated than is necessary; I think some of
the complexity is for backwards-compatibility, which might not be
necessary depending on wpa_supplicant's dependencies? In any case, it
is attached. Again, I don't know how any of this works, so it's likely
the patch is a bit off. But I think at least the logic to determine
min_diff in wpa_supplicant_need_to_roam would be more accurate if
level were determined correctly.
2010-10-04 08:25:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8602b0f213 nl80211: Include linux/rtnetlink.h explicitly
This is needed with libnl-tiny to get various definitions that
get included implicitly with libnl.
2010-09-29 21:52:51 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
7598389afe nl80211: Sync the header file with wireless-testing.git 2010-09-29 21:39:40 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
12970f8a57 atheros: Prefer WSC IE in (Re)Association Request frame
This is needed to work properly with WPS stations that may include
both WPA/RSN IE and WSC IE when associating for WPS provisioning.
2010-09-24 17:01:03 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
0e2e565a44 WPS 2.0: Provide (Re)Association Response WPS IE to driver
WPS 2.0 mandates the AP to include WPS IE in (Re)Association Response
if the matching (Re)Association Request included WPS IE. Provide the
needed WPS IE information to the driver_ops API for drivers that
process association frames internally.

Note: This modifies the driver_ops API by adding a new argument to
set_ap_wps_ie().
2010-09-22 10:46:44 -07:00
Sudhakar Swaminathan
0f66abd25b P2P: Add option for disabling intra BSS distribution
p2p_intra_bss configuration parameter can now be used to
disable/enable intra BSS distribution (bridging of frames between
the clients in a group).
2010-09-10 10:30:26 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
b6c79a998f Add test command for disabling/enabling A-MPDU aggregation
ctrl_iface command "SET ampdu <0/1>" can now be used to
disable/enable A-MPDU aggregation.
2010-09-09 07:17:21 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
c4ea4c5c90 P2P: Allow driver wrapper to indicate how many stations are supported
This can be used to limit the number of clients allowed to connect
to the group on the GO.
2010-09-09 07:17:21 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
eea2fd9eff P2P: Add mechanism for configuring UAPSD parameters for group
This is needed to be able to change parameters for dynamically
created interfaces between the creation of the interface and
association/start AP commands.

Following ctrl_interface commands can now be used:

P2P_SET client_apsd disable
- disable configuration (i.e., use driver default) in client mode

P2P_SET client_apsd <BE>,<BK>,<VI>,<VO>;<max SP Length>
- enable UASPD with specific trigger configuration (0/1) per AC
  (max SP Length is currently ignored)

P2P_SET go_apsd disable
- disable configuration (i.e., use driver default) in AP mode

P2P_SET go_apsd <0/1>
- disable/enable APSD in AP mode
2010-09-09 07:17:21 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
18708aadfc P2P: Initial support for SD fragmentation (GAS Comeback Request/Response) 2010-09-09 07:17:19 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
c381508d88 P2P: Implement power save configuration
wpa_cli p2p_set ps <0/1/2>
wpa_cli p2p_set oppps <0/1>
wpa_cli p2p_set ctwindow <0..> msec
2010-09-09 07:17:19 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
046b26a24e nl80211: Add P2P operations 2010-09-09 07:17:17 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
2883205ec8 driver_test: Add functionality for allowing P2P testing 2010-09-09 07:17:17 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
75bde05d53 P2P: Add driver operations for P2P use 2010-09-09 07:17:16 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
00ae50bc87 atheros: Use larger buffer for WSC IE changes
This resolves issues in updating Beacon/Probe Response frame IEs
in a case where the value may be long enough to get fragmented
into multiple IEs.
2010-09-09 06:07:48 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
702934a163 atheros: Fix driver deinit function to be run
hostapd uses hapd_deinit(), not deinit() wpa_driver_ops.
2010-09-05 13:04:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4a46e82fb4 atheros: Deinit l2_packet sock_xmit on error path 2010-09-05 13:03:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0c80427d77 NDIS: Fix association for WPS provisioning with protected AP
Some NDIS drivers require a workaround to allow them to associate
with a WPS AP that is already using protection (Privacy field = 1).
Let driver_ndis.c know if the AP is already using Privacy and if so,
configure a dummy WEP key to force the driver to associate.
2010-09-04 13:56:12 +03:00
Masashi Honma
60da5e0f3f Solaris: Add support for wired IEEE 802.1X client
This patch adds support for wired IEEE 802.1X client on the Solaris.

I have tested with these:
OS : OpenSolaris 2009.06
EAP : EAP-MD5
Switch : Cisco Catalyst 2950
2010-08-28 11:40:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
60a972a68d Add current signal strength into signal quality change events 2010-08-27 16:58:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2e75a2b3a6 Add more debug info on deauth/disassoc events and commands 2010-08-17 21:04:38 +03:00
Samuel Ortiz
cb1583f64b sme: Try all authentication algorithms when the first one fails
When passing several authentication algorithms through auth_alg, we
should try all of them when the first one fails. The wext driver goes
through the connect nl80211 command and the retries are then handled by
the kernel. The nl80211 doesn't and we have to handle that from
userspace.

Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2010-08-17 16:39:33 +03:00
Paul Stewart
cb30b297bd nl80211: Ignore "DEAUTH" messages from APs we are not associated to
DEAUTH messages can come from a number of different sources. The one
that's hurting us currently is DEAUTH netlink messages coming to us
from compat-wireless in response to local_state_change DEAUTH messages
we sent as a part of cleaning up state in driver_nl80211's
clear_state_mismatch() function. However, DEAUTH messages can come
from a variety of unwanted sources, including directed denial-of-service
attacks (although MAC verification doesn't place that high a barrier),
so this validation is actually generically useful, I think.

The downside to this method is that without a kernel based approach
"iw dev wlan0 link" no longer works correctly after clear_state_mismatch()
is done.  This will be pursued with the kernel folks.
2010-08-16 21:27:26 +03:00
Johannes Berg
ba2d0d7d68 nl80211: Don't pass ctx to wpa_driver_nl80211_init_nl
Currently, we don't use the sock_ctx that we get passed by eloop, so
don't assign it.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2010-08-11 18:33:24 +03:00
Johannes Berg
f48ffe4364 nl80211: Remove unused pending_send_action
This variable is assigned only once and never tested, so basically
unused.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2010-08-11 18:33:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
15ed5535ad nl80211: Show remain-on-channel duration in debug output 2010-08-11 18:02:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
26af9dcaef nl80211: Try mode changes multiple times to avoid some races
cfg80211/mac80211 seems to be unwilling to change interface mode in
some cases. Make these less likely to cause problems by trying the
changes up to 10 times with 100 msec intervals.
2010-08-11 18:01:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4796272f5f nl80211: show TX status (ack) in debug log 2010-07-17 20:17:43 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
a63063b4f6 rfkill: Use rtnetlink ifup/ifdown events
Replace use of rfkill block event with rtnetlink ifdown. This makes
the design more robust since the rfkill event could have been for
another interface while the rtnetlink events are already filtered
based of ifindex. In addition, the new design handles other than
rfkill-triggered ifdown/ifup events, too. rfkill unblocked event
is still needed to try to set the interface back up. If the unblock
was for another interface, ifup will fail and the driver state is
not changed.
2010-05-31 18:52:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8b0ea5a07e atheros: Fix WPA/802.1X disabling to clear Privacy flag
Setting IEEE80211_PARAM_AUTHMODE to IEEE80211_AUTH_AUTO ends up enabling
Privacy mode in the driver. We need to clear that to allow hostapd to be
reconfigured into open mode.
2010-05-28 21:51:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5216938960 Fix memory leak on rfkill init error path 2010-05-25 12:06:25 +03:00
Masashi Honma
6db1602d5b bsd: Use set_freq() API for AP mode wpa_supplicant
Previous version driver_bsd.c switches the channel in
wpa_driver_bsd_associate(). This patch changes it to use set_freq().
I have tested this patch on FreeBSD 8.0/NetBSD 5.0.2 with hostapd,
wpa_supplicant(AP) and wpa_supplicant(STA).
2010-05-23 12:20:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8401a6b028 Add Linux rfkill support
Add a new wpa_supplicant state: interface disabled. This can be used
to allow wpa_supplicant to be running with the network interface even
when the driver does not actually allow any radio operations (e.g.,
due to rfkill).

Allow driver_nl80211.c and driver_wext.c to start while rfkill is in
blocked state (i.e., when ifconfig up fails) and process rfkill
events to block/unblock WLAN.
2010-05-23 10:27:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e0f412b927 atheros: Restore ATH_WPS_IE definition and comment 2010-04-17 21:47:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9b74812032 atheros: Add more robust and complete debug info for ioctl failures 2010-04-17 21:45:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a317d8520e atheros: Update to build with the current driver version 2010-04-17 21:04:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7992b07f6a Remove unnecessary SUBDIRS loops from src/*/Makefile
There are no subdirectories in any of these directories or plans
for adding ones. As such, there is no point in running the loop
that does not do anything and can cause problems with some shells.
2010-04-17 17:10:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
37eb8da957 nl80211: Fix wpa_supplicant build 2010-04-16 14:13:27 +03:00
M. Braun
0ab7a701ab nl80211: Fix initial add_ifidx() realloc to not forget values
We need to make a copy of the old entries the first time the
if_indices buffer gets allocated.
2010-04-16 00:39:59 +03:00
M. Braun
97cfcf6482 nl80211: Add bridge interfaces to own ifindex list automatically
Whenever our own interface is added to a bridge, add that bridge
into the list of own interfaces.
2010-04-16 00:36:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cd1d72c1d0 nl80211: Add more debug info on NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN failures 2010-04-15 23:46:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0544b24248 Add BSSID and reason code (if available) to disconnect event
This adds more details into the CTRL-EVENT-DISCONNECTED event to
make it easier to figure out which network was disconnected in some
race conditions and to what could have been the reason for
disconnection. The reason code is currently only available with
the nl80211 driver wrapper.
2010-04-11 21:25:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e3802622db nl80211: Define set_freq for wpa_supplicant, too 2010-04-11 20:36:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b3db190fa2 Started to make set_ap_wps_ie() capable of adding multiple IEs
This mechanism can be used to add various IEs to Beacon and Probe
Response frames and it should be made clear that it is not reserved
only for WPS IE.
2010-04-11 20:16:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
814782b9fe Allow driver wrappers to indicate maximum remain-on-channel duration 2010-04-11 19:42:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
de12717a56 nl80211: Fix key configuration in wpa_supplicant AP mode 2010-04-11 19:35:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bc19f67240 nl80211: Remove forgotten Action frame registration example 2010-04-11 19:32:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f3585c8a85 Simplify driver_ops for virtual interface add/remove
There is no absolute requirement for separating address allocation
into separate functions, so simplify the driver wrapper interface
to use just if_add and if_remove instead of adding the new
alloc_interface_addr() and release_interface_addr() functions.

if_add() can now indicate if the driver forced a different interface
name or address on the virtual interface.
2010-04-11 19:23:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f8bf142175 nl80211: Fix memory leak on send_action error path 2010-04-11 12:29:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7733991281 nl80211: Start using NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE
This removes transmission of some unnecessary Deauthentication
frames in cases where we only need to clear the local state. In
addition, this resolves issues for 802.11r FT-over-DS by allowing
authentication state to be set locally even when no actual
Authentication frame is to be transmitted.
2010-04-08 11:31:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
27cf8871ad Sync with wireless-testing.git include/linux/nl80211.h
This adds NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE.
2010-04-08 11:29:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f8130b07bb driver_osx: Update set_key arguments to fix build 2010-04-04 08:13:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b91ab76e8c Add test commands for sending deauth/disassoc without dropping state
This can be used to test 802.11w by sending a protected or unprotected
deauth/disassoc frame.

hostapd_cli deauth <dst addr> test=<0/1>
hostapd_cli disassoc <dst addr> test=<0/1>

test=0: unprotected
test=1: protected
2010-03-29 12:01:40 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
b625473c6c Add driver command and event for signal strength monitoring 2010-03-28 15:31:04 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
93910401c9 nl80211: Parse CQM events 2010-03-28 13:56:40 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
d43331b6ea Sync with wireless-testing.git include/linux/nl80211.h 2010-03-28 12:47:17 -07:00
Holger Schurig
2ea2fcc7e6 nl80211: Fix WEP key configuration for prior to authentication
The driver data was changed from struct wpa_driver_nl80211_data * to
struct i802_bss * and the internal call will need to match that change.
2010-03-27 22:22:17 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
9fad706c68 nl80211: Add more debug information about scan request parameters 2010-03-26 22:22:38 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
15664ad01a nl80211: Silence set_key ENOLINK failure messages on key clearing
This happens in common case and is expected, so there is no need to
include the potentially confusing failure message in the debug log.
2010-03-26 21:58:31 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
2a7e7f4e4a FT: Add driver op for marking a STA authenticated
This can be used with FT-over-DS where FT Action frame exchange
triggers transition to State 2 (authenticated) without Authentication
frame exchange.
2010-03-13 18:28:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
73fc617d5c nl80211: Fix FT Action send command
Need to include payload header in the data length to avoid sending
truncated FT Action frame.
2010-03-12 00:41:03 +02:00
Masashi Honma
c1bbb0cee1 NetBSD: Fix driver_bsd.c build
On NetBSD 5.0.2, wpa_supplicant build results in messages below.

../src/drivers/driver_bsd.c: In function 'wpa_driver_bsd_get_ssid':
../src/drivers/driver_bsd.c:876: warning: passing argument 2 of 'bsd_get_ssid'
from incompatible pointer type
../src/drivers/driver_bsd.c:876: warning: passing argument 3 of 'bsd_get_ssid'
makes integer from pointer without a cast
../src/drivers/driver_bsd.c:876: error: too many arguments to function
'bsd_get_ssid'
../src/drivers/driver_bsd.c: In function 'wpa_driver_bsd_scan':
../src/drivers/driver_bsd.c:1125: warning: passing argument 2 of 'bsd_set_ssid'
from incompatible pointer type
../src/drivers/driver_bsd.c:1125: warning: passing argument 3 of 'bsd_set_ssid'
makes integer from pointer without a cast
../src/drivers/driver_bsd.c:1125: error: too many arguments to function
'bsd_set_ssid'
gmake: *** [../src/drivers/driver_bsd.o] Error 1

This patch solves this issue.
2010-03-10 23:33:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7b90c16aa9 nl80211: Add preliminary implementation of FT Action send
This is a step in adding FT support with nl80211-based drivers.
driver_nl80211.c is now registering to handle the FT Action frames
and is able to transmit FT Request frame. Received FT Action frames
are not yet indicated as driver events.
2010-03-07 22:47:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5205c4f98a nl80211: Fix driver context pointer for auth-failure-case
The new per-BSS context needs to be used here when calling
wpa_driver_nl80211_deauthenticate() to avoid passing incorrect
data type to the function.
2010-03-07 21:29:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0ebdf62735 Remove unnecessary ifname parameter from set_ap_wps_ie() driver op 2010-03-07 11:51:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d3e3a20565 Remove unnecessary ifname parameter from set_ht_params() driver op 2010-03-07 11:49:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3234cba40e Remove unnecessary ifname parameter to sta_set_flags() driver op 2010-03-07 11:45:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
62847751e4 Remove unnecessary ifname parameter from sta_add() driver op 2010-03-07 11:42:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8709de1ae8 Remove unnecessary ifname parameter from hapd_get_ssid/hapd_set_ssid 2010-03-07 11:36:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aa48451698 Remove unnecessary ifname parameter from set_generic_elem() driver op 2010-03-07 11:33:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d5dd016a8a Remove unneeded ifname parameter from set_privacy() driver op 2010-03-07 11:29:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
044372a333 driver_test: Use driver private BSS context instead of BSS lookup
The ifname-based lookup can now be replaced with the new mechanism that
allows driver wrappers to register per-BSS context data.
2010-03-07 11:26:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7ab68865c0 Remove unneeded iface parameter from if_add() driver op 2010-03-07 10:05:05 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
071799872f hostapd: fix a segfault in the error path of the nl80211 if_add function 2010-03-07 09:59:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
05ba8690cb nl80211: Unregister forgotten eloop socket on init failure 2010-03-06 22:37:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8b897f5a17 Remove unnecessary ifname parameter from set_beacon()
The new per-BSS driver context makes this unnecessary.
2010-03-06 22:36:40 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
a2e40bb650 hostapd: Fix interface selection for the nl80211 driver
This patch allows the nl80211 driver to create its own per-bss context
and pass it to the drv_priv pointer of the hostapd bss state.
With this and the following patch, stations can associate to and switch
between multiple BSS interfaces of a single wiphy.
This obsoletes a few instances of passing ifname to a callback, those
can be removed in a separate patch.
It might also be useful to move more fields from the driver data to the
per-bss data structure in the future.
2010-03-06 22:22:56 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
4c32757d22 hostapd: add ifname to the sta_set_flags callback
This fixes multi-BSS STA operations (e.g., setting AUTHORIZED flag) with
nl80211-based drivers.
2010-03-06 20:44:31 +02:00
Kel Modderman
09bd6e8cca wpa_supplicant: fix FTBFS on Debian GNU/kFreeBSD
This patch allows wpa_supplicant to compile on Debian's kfreebsd
architectures.

Patch by Stefan Lippers-Hollmann based on work done by Petr Salinger
and Emmanuel Bouthenot for 0.6.X (http://bugs.debian.org/480572).
2010-03-06 10:16:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d2f46a2b13 bsd: Use os_strlcpy instead of strlcpy 2010-03-06 10:04:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3812464cda Add optional scan result filter based on SSID
filter_ssids=1 global configuration parameter can now be used to
enable scan result filtering (with -Dnl80211 only for now) based on
the configured SSIDs. In other words, only the scan results that have
an SSID matching with one of the configured networks are included in the
BSS table. This can be used to reduce memory needs in environments that
have huge number of APs.
2010-03-05 21:42:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
207ef3fb12 Add suspend/resume notifications
wpa_supplicant can now be notified of suspend/resume events, e.g.,
from pm-action scripts. This allows wpa_supplicant to clear information
that may become invalid during a suspend operation.
2010-02-27 18:46:02 +02:00
Masashi Honma
c6611ed995 bsd: Use device capability information
This patch enables the use of device capability information from the
driver when possible.
2010-02-16 19:47:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
58f6fbe05c nl80211: Add support for off-channel Action TX/RX commands
The kernel side support for this was just added into
wireless-testing.git. This commit adds the driver wrapper code needed
to allow wpa_supplicant to use the new functionality.
2010-02-16 19:41:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b7a2b0b68c Add alloc_interface_addr() drv op option for specifying ifname
Some drivers may need to use a specific ifname for the virtual
interface, so allow them to do this with a new parameter passed
to the alloc_interface_addr() handler.
2010-02-16 19:34:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
01b350ed74 Sync with linux/nl80211.h from wireless-testing.git 2010-02-16 19:28:38 +02:00
Masashi Honma
0c6bdf91ea bsd: Aggregate ioctl routines
This patch aggregates ioctls.

First is SIOCS80211. The SIOCS80211's arguments has 3 couples.
        1-1. i_len, i_data
        1-2. i_val
        1-3. i_len, i_data, i_val (currently only IEEE80211_IOC_APPIE)
There were 3 routines for each cases. This patch aggregates these to
one.

Second is SIOCG80211. The SIOCG80211 returns 2 type of value.
        2-1. i_len
        2-2. i_val
There were 2 routines for each cases. This patch aggregates these to
one.

I have tested on both FreeBSD 8.0 and NetBSD 5.0.1 with these cases.

[hostapd]
RSN-PSK(CCMP)/WPA-PSK(TKIP)

[wpa_supplicant(STA)]
RSN-PSK(CCMP)/WPA-PSK(TKIP)

[wpa_supplicant(AP)]
RSN-PSK(CCMP)/WPA-PSK(TKIP)
2010-02-13 13:59:29 +02:00
Masashi Honma
88487b0e0b FreeBSD: Add support for FreeBSD 8.0 STA/AP
This patch adds both wpa_supplicant and hostapd support for
FreeBSD 8.0.

I refered
http://www.jp.freebsd.org/cgi/cvsweb.cgi/src/usr.sbin/wpa/hostapd/driver_freebsd
.c
http://www.jp.freebsd.org/cgi/cvsweb.cgi/src/usr.sbin/wpa/wpa_supplicant/driver_
freebsd.c

I have tested on FreeBSD 8.0 with these cases.

[hostapd]
RSN-PSK(CCMP)/WPA-PSK(TKIP)

[wpa_supplicant(STA)]
RSN-PSK(CCMP)/WPA-PSK(TKIP)

[wpa_supplicant(AP)]
RSN-PSK(CCMP)/WPA-PSK(TKIP)
2010-02-13 13:57:39 +02:00
Masashi Honma
362468d117 FreeBSD: Enable channel control
This patch enables FreeBSD channel control.

I have tested on FreeBSD 7.2 with these cases.

[hostapd]
RSN-PSK(CCMP)/WPA-PSK(TKIP)

[wpa_supplicant(STA)]
RSN-PSK(CCMP)/WPA-PSK(TKIP)

[wpa_supplicant(AP)]
RSN-PSK(CCMP)/WPA-PSK(TKIP)
2010-02-13 13:54:27 +02:00
Masashi Honma
e1b1309b6a bsd: Unify wpa_driver_bsd_ops
The attached patch unifies hostapd wpa_driver_bsd_ops and
wpa_supplicant wpa_driver_bsd_ops.

I have tested on NetBSD 5.0.1 with these cases.

[hostapd]
RSN-PSK(CCMP)/WPA-PSK(TKIP)

[wpa_supplicant(STA)]
RSN-PSK(CCMP)/WPA-PSK(TKIP)

[wpa_supplicant(AP)]
RSN-PSK(CCMP)/WPA-PSK(TKIP)
2010-02-13 13:52:03 +02:00
Masashi Honma
86b24ea93c bsd: Unify struct bsd_driver_data and struct wpa_driver_bsd_data
This patch unifies struct bsd_driver_data and struct wpa_driver_bsd_data.
2010-02-13 13:50:19 +02:00
Masashi Honma
6850c70742 bsd: Use same field name between hostapd and wpa_supplicant
This patch modifies field name of struct bsd_driver_data to use
same name of struct wpa_driver_bsd_data. This is a preparation of
unifying struct bsd_driver_data and struct wpa_driver_bsd_data.
2010-02-13 13:48:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e748062b58 nl80211: Do not try to remove non-existing STA WDS interface
This removes confusing error messages from the default (no WDS) case.
2010-02-10 11:29:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aba7569ec8 driver_bsd: Fix build without SIOCS80211CHANNEL
At least FreeBSD 7 does not seem to define this and failed to build
after the previous changes.
2010-02-08 21:41:51 +02:00
Masashi Honma
42f34a9b41 driver_bsd.c: Enable AP mode wpa_supplicant 2010-02-08 21:33:59 +02:00
Masashi Honma
d373725686 driver_bsd: Clean up EAPOL frame transmission code
The bsd_send_eapol() adds Ethernet header by itself. This patch changes it
to use l2_packet functionality.

I have tested on NetBSD 5.0.1 with WPA-PSK(TKIP).
2010-02-08 21:28:59 +02:00
Masashi Honma
719196b159 driver_bsd.c: Reduce code duplication (setkey)
This patch reduces code duplication between hostapd and wpa_supplicant
for IEEE80211_IOC_WPAKEY.
2010-02-08 21:25:18 +02:00
Masashi Honma
60bc30333c driver_bsd.c: Reduce code duplication (ifflag)
This patch reduces code duplication between hostapd and wpa_supplicant
for SIOC[GS]IFFLAGS.
2010-02-08 21:23:28 +02:00
Masashi Honma
fa6b8afe6f driver_bsd.c: Reduce code duplication (MLME)
This patch reduces code duplication between hostapd and wpa_supplicant
about IEEE80211_IOC_MLME. This is a preparation for AP mode
wpa_supplicant.
2010-02-08 21:21:23 +02:00
Masashi Honma
cbdecd2b0d driver_bsd.c: Reduce code duplication (DELKEY)
This patch reduces code duplication between hostapd and wpa_supplicant
about IEEE80211_IOC_DELKEY. This is a preparation for AP mode
wpa_supplicant. This is a patch to
http://lists.shmoo.com/pipermail/hostap/2010-January/021030.html.
2010-02-08 21:18:09 +02:00
Masashi Honma
5197244a04 bsd: Enable auto configuration
On NetBSD, we should configure some parameters manually out of hostapd
like below.

  ifconfig ath0 mediaopt hostap
  ifconfig ath0 mode 11g
  ifconfig ath0 chan 6

This patch does these automatically. Maybe there will be some
objections, like "hardware configuration is not hostapd/wpa_supplican's
work". So I will write the reasons why I made this patch.

1. For usability.
2. The first command fails when previous state is adhoc. This patch is
free from previous state.
3. Some driver wrappers configure these automatically (like nl80211).
4. I have wasted time trying to find out these command were needed :(
2010-02-08 21:14:22 +02:00
Masashi Honma
82f36163ac driver_bsd.c: Use os_free() instead of free()
This patch replaces some free() with os_free() when the memory was
allocated by os_*().
2010-02-08 21:11:52 +02:00
Hamish Guthrie
79e4140c61 driver_ps3: Remove legacy ps3 wpa driver
The ps3 wireless kernel driver has wireless extension support.
There is a legacy wpa_supplicant driver, and support for this
has been removed from the kernel driver, as no distributions
are using it.
2010-02-08 21:08:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8856462d61 nl80211: Dump scan results in debug log if association command fails
This may help in debugging why cfg80211 refused the association
command since the scan results should include information about all
pending authentication and association states.
2010-01-24 18:11:30 -08:00
Jouni Malinen
582507be85 nl80211: Clear cfg80211 authentication data for old entries
cfg80211 has a limit on pending authentications, so we better clear
the entries that we do not care about to avoid hitting the limit
when roaming between multiple APs.
2010-01-24 18:07:34 -08:00
Jouni Malinen
de1b2d143a Make sure the resutl from readlink is properly null terminated 2010-01-16 17:19:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8c0906542c Fetch IEs from both Beacon and Probe Response frames if available
This allows the driver wrappers to return two sets of IEs, so that
the BSS code can use information from both Beacon and Probe Response
frames if needed. For example, some Cisco APs seem to include more
information in Wireless Provisioning Services IE when it is in the
Beacon frame.
2010-01-16 16:11:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
94627f6cc8 hostapd: Detect bridge interface automatically
This makes the bridge parameter unnecessary for cases where the interface
is already in a bridge and sysfs is mounted to /sys so that the detection
code works.

For nl80211, the bridge parameter can be used to request the AP
interface to be added to the bridge automatically (brctl may refuse to
do this before hostapd has been started to change the interface mode).
If needed, the bridge interface is also created.
2010-01-16 15:19:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d455d0806e driver_test: Learn scan result channel from DS Params IE 2010-01-16 12:26:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c35faef51a driver_test: Initialize bss_ctx based on drv->ctx for new BSS interfaces
This is needed with wpa_supplicant to get the correct context pointer
for a virtual BSS interface.
2010-01-16 12:24:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
37b776eac1 driver_test: Add support for per-SSID scans for non-MLME case 2010-01-16 12:23:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
af47308823 Add deinit_ap driver op to help wpa_supplicant AP mode use 2010-01-16 12:20:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e882899981 Add BSSID to TX/RX Action frame driver ops
This meets better the needs for various Public Action frame use cases.
2010-01-16 12:16:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4e5cb1a366 Add driver op for disabling 802.11b rates 2010-01-16 12:11:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ae58592894 Sync with wireless-testing.git linux/nl80211.h 2010-01-16 12:06:42 +02:00
Masashi Honma
11386396cc driver_bsd.c: Clean up EAPOL frame transmission code
The bsd_send_eapol() prepares 3000 bytes buffer for every EAPOL
frame transmission. I think malloc() is better way for efficient
memory use.
2010-01-16 11:47:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3145e6154c wext: Add cfg80211-specific optimization to avoid silly behavior
If the driver is detected to use cfg80211, we can rely on it being able
to disconnect with SIOCSIWMLME commands and to use empty SSID as a way
to stop it from associating when we are in progress of configuring the
driver for association. Consequently, we can remove the hack that uses
random 32-octet SSID to force disconnection and re-order association
commands to match the expectations that cfg80211 has for WEXT ioctls.
This gets rid of extra scan rounds and attempts to associate with the
silly 32-octet SSID.
2010-01-12 20:01:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4a5869206e wext: Check hexstr2bin() return value in custom scan text processing 2010-01-10 22:26:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a7efb16052 WEXT: Show BSSID/SSID set failures on disconnect in debug log 2010-01-10 22:18:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fbe3e7f840 wext: Check hexstr2bin() return value 2010-01-10 22:16:51 +02:00
Masashi Honma
c610dba137 FreeBSD: Fix driver_bsd.c build
On FreeBSD 8.0, driver_bsd.c build fails because of changes from
older versions of FreeBSD. The error messages are below:

In file included from ../src/drivers/driver_bsd.c:38:
/usr/include/net80211/ieee80211_crypto.h:94: error: 'IEEE80211_TID_SIZE'
undeclared here (not in a function)
../src/drivers/driver_bsd.c: In function 'wpa_driver_bsd_set_wpa_ie':
../src/drivers/driver_bsd.c:968: error: 'IEEE80211_IOC_OPTIE' undeclared (first
use in this function)
../src/drivers/driver_bsd.c:968: error: (Each undeclared identifier is reported
only once
../src/drivers/driver_bsd.c:968: error: for each function it appears in.)
gmake: *** [../src/drivers/driver_bsd.o] Error 1

This patch solves this issue.
2010-01-09 11:04:44 +02:00
Masashi Honma
60e1ce7615 bsd: Fix driver_wired.c build 2010-01-09 10:53:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3adca61c9c nl80211: Fix a typo 2010-01-03 22:20:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2ac9688eb8 Use common driver code for Linux hwaddr get/set 2010-01-03 22:17:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
34f2f814e0 Share a single Linux ioctl helper fo setting interface up/down
Number of Linux driver wrappers included this more or less identical
function, so lets add a new helper file to be able to share some more
code between the driver wrappers.
2010-01-03 22:08:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
69378b7928 bsd: Fix a typo 2010-01-03 21:18:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
abd9fafab6 Standardize on a single definition of auth_alg bitfield values 2010-01-03 21:14:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
70f8cc8ec8 Share the same enum for MFP configuration
The three existing enums were already depending on using the same
values in couple of places and it is just simpler to standardize on
one of these to avoid need for mapping between different enums for
the exact same thing.
2010-01-03 21:02:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e049867788 More Doxygen documentation for the driver interface 2010-01-03 20:49:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d1f9c410c1 Remove src/drivers/scan_helpers.c
Most of this file was already moved into wpa_supplicant/scan.c and
we can remove the file completely by having couple of small helper
functions copied to the remaining users outside core wpa_supplicant
code.
2010-01-03 20:27:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9ba9fa07cc Move wpa_supplicant specific scan code away from src/drivers
This fits better in wpa_supplicant/scan.c. Couple of remaining
scan_helpers.c functions are currently used in driver wrappers,
but they can likely be removed in the future.
2010-01-03 18:48:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
baac649094 Add drv_event_eapol_rx() helper 2010-01-03 18:35:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1d041bec84 Use generic driver event notification for AP mode assoc/disassoc 2010-01-03 18:22:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a8e0505bf0 Use driver event, EVENT_EAPOL_RX, for EAPOL frame indication 2010-01-03 17:44:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a70a5d6d06 Replace hostapd_notif_new_sta() with new driver event, EVENT_NEW_STA 2010-01-03 16:46:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b38ddb0c50 driver_test: Add channel awareness for the MLME test code
This allows the MLME mode of driver_test to filter frames based on
the frequency on which they were sent and the frequency used by the
receiver.
2010-01-03 14:01:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
55777702cd Add driver API functionality for off-channel Action frames
This adds new commands and events for allowing off-channel Action
frame exchanges to be requested. This functionality is not yet used
and is only fully supported by driver_test.c at this point.
driver_nl80211.c has support for the remain-on-channel commands, but
the Action frame TX/RX part is still pending review for the kernel
code and as such, is not yet included here.
2010-01-03 13:57:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d7c53e432b Sync with wireless-testing.git linux/nl80211.h 2010-01-03 13:56:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7bfc47c34f Add driver ops for allocating interface addresses
This adds placeholder code for allowing the virtual interfaces to be
pre-allocated a MAC address before the interface type is known with
drivers that do not handle interface type changes.
2010-01-03 13:42:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
504e905c6e Add a driver op for enabling Probe Request reporting in station mode 2010-01-03 13:30:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9646a8ab8b Remove unnecessary wpa_event_type typedef 2010-01-03 13:10:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2a8b74163e Move struct hostapd_frame_info definition away from driver API
This is internal data structure for hostapd/AP functionality and does
not need to be defined in driver.h.
2010-01-03 12:37:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3af1f9cb14 driver_test: Remove forgotten, unused prototypes 2010-01-03 12:36:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0d9fc3d8bd Remove struct ieee80211_hdr dependency from EVENT_RX_FROM_UNKNOWN
It is simpler to just pass in u8* to the beginning of the header.
2010-01-03 12:17:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a0e0d3bb15 Replace hostapd_probe_req_rx() with EVENT_RX_PROBE_REQ driver event 2010-01-03 12:11:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
245519e0cd Replace wpa_supplicant_sta_rx() call with driver event
Get rid of wpa_supplicant_sta_rx() and add a new driver event that is
marked to be used only with driver_test.c. In addition, remove this
functionality from privsep wrapper. This is only use for client mode
MLME testing with driver_test.c.
2010-01-03 11:50:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8d923a4acf Only expire scanned BSSes based on new scan results
Get more information about scans when updating BSS table information.
This allows the missing-from-scans expiration rule to work properly
when only partial set of channels or SSIDs are being scanned.
2010-01-02 13:57:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
291b60682a nl80211/wext: Hardcode all auth_algs as supported
There does not seem to be a driver interface for fetching auth_algs
capability, but this may be used by some external application, so
hardcode all auth_algs as supported for now.
2010-01-01 21:41:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
139a33f34e test: Register more complete set of channels and rates 2009-12-28 13:39:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2fe17720aa test: Use previously requested BSSID when adding a new interface 2009-12-28 13:38:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c6e8e8e41f nl80211: Add more debug prints for mode changes and interface add/remove 2009-12-28 13:25:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4832ecd754 Add an option for driver wrappers to report operational frequency 2009-12-28 13:23:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cd7d80f373 Allow Probe Request callbacks to terminate iteration 2009-12-28 13:14:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f78feb6a72 test: Add WPA_TRACE reference check for driver ctx
This will catch too early freeing of the context pointer before the
driver wrapper has been deinitialized.
2009-12-27 21:20:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
60ad2c7bef Fix a typo in a doxygen comment 2009-12-27 17:13:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
719347511a Get rid of unnecessary typedefs for enums. 2009-12-26 10:35:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
481a11c94f test: Use more shared code for driver wrapper AP and station modes
This fixes AP mode use in wpa_supplicant with the
no-AP-driver-wrapper design.
2009-12-25 19:48:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a911a6e61f Do not use virtual driver_ops for wpa_supplicant AP mode
Initialize struct hostapd_data driver context with the same driver
information that was initialized earlier during wpa_supplicant start.
This allows the AP mode operations to be completed directly with the
same calls in AP code without having to maintain a separate translation
layer between the AP and station mode driver context.
2009-12-25 19:47:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
64ee63a0d8 wired: Use os_*() wrappers more consistently
Need to allocate and free memory with same style to avoid WPA_TRACE
errors.
2009-12-25 11:54:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a2de634d1c Removed hostapd_new_assoc_sta() from driver wrapper API
This is not called directly by any of the driver wrappers anymore, so
the function can be removed from driver.h and drv_callbacks.c.
2009-12-24 23:30:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
14f7938660 Merge driver ops set_wps_beacon_ie and set_wps_probe_resp_ie
set_ap_wps_ie() is not used to set WPS IE for both Beacon and Probe
Response frames with a single call. In addition, struct wpabuf is used
instead of separate u8* and length fields. This avoids duplicated
allocation of the IEs and simplifies code in general.
2009-12-24 19:46:06 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
fbbfcbac29 hostapd: Add WDS (4-address frame) mode with per-station interfaces
This mode allows associated stations to use 4-address frames to allow
layer 2 bridging to be used. At least for the time being, this is only
supported with driver=nl80211.
2009-12-24 11:46:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
09eac1ac56 nl80211: Sync with wireless-testing.git linux/nl80211.h 2009-12-24 11:07:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7bf127572c nl80211: Use couple more os_*() wrappers for allocation 2009-12-21 22:32:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e62fb0a0de nl80211: Use os_* allocation wrappers to avoid WPA_TRACE issues 2009-12-21 22:21:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
eeb49f991b driver_test: Use OS wrappers consistently for memory allocation 2009-12-19 21:49:51 +02:00
Masashi Honma
1c9c03d08d Mac OS X: Fix driver_osx.c build 2009-12-18 21:25:21 +02:00
Snowpin Lee
649b28f9e6 ralink: Add WPS support 2009-12-18 21:04:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a6fc4f3c82 Change Linux driver wrappers to use shared netlink receive code 2009-12-18 18:24:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
62d680c3ca netlink: Move more of the newlink/dellink parsing into shared code 2009-12-18 17:49:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f37cf89ccb netlink: Use NLMSG_OK and NLMSG_NEXT macros 2009-12-18 17:22:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
08063178fb nl80211/wext: Share netlink new/del link event receive code 2009-12-18 17:11:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e2d02c29b5 driver_nl80211/wext: Share netlink operstate send function
As an initial step in sharing netlink helper functions among driver
wrappers, create a new file for netlink code and move operstate send
function there.
2009-12-18 16:35:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3b31db5199 Fix netlink payload length calculation
nlmsghdr length needs to be removed from payload length. [Bug 341]
2009-12-18 16:14:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
67f0112d83 driver_test: Fix AP mode to initialize bss_ctx for first interface 2009-12-16 16:01:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cdc7f66bda Fix driver_nl80211.c build without CONFIG_CLIENT_MLME 2009-12-14 21:13:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b57e086cc1 Mark management frame processing functions to use const buffer 2009-12-13 23:25:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f8b1f69561 Use generic driver events for TX status and RX reporting
Replace driver wrapper calls to hostapd_tx_status(),
hostapd_rx_from_unknown_sta(), hostapd_mgmt_rx(), and
hostapd_mgmt_tx_cb() with new generic driver events
EVENT_TX_STATUS, EVENT_RX_FROM_UNKNOWN, and EVENT_RX_MGMT.

This cleans up lot of the driver wrapper code to be less dependent
on whether it is being used within wpa_supplicant AP mode or hostapd.
2009-12-13 23:05:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1b648c7e1a nl80211: Remove some of the unnecessary conditional compilation
These functions can be built for both hostapd and wpa_supplicant.
2009-12-13 21:49:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fcf0f87d97 Replace hostapd_button_pushed() with generic driver event 2009-12-13 21:21:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1cd973d501 Replace hostapd_michael_mic_failure() with generic driver event 2009-12-13 21:17:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
85cc05110d driver_test: Merge drv->hapd into drv->ctx
A separate struct hostapd_data pointer is not really needed anymore
and the generic context pointer can be used instead.
2009-12-13 18:57:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8043e72589 Add BSS ctx to if_add() driver op
This remove the need from driver_test.c to go through internal hostapd
structures to find the appropriate BSS when reporting events on secondary
BSSes.
2009-12-13 18:54:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0de39516ae Map STA flags into values defined in driver.h
This removes need for including hostapd/sta_flags.h into driver
wrappers and removes any remaining dependencies between driver flags
and internal hostapd flags.
2009-12-13 11:35:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
60c8cfb4fb Remove usused flags parameter from sta_add() driver op 2009-12-13 11:05:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c9b9e494fc driver_bsd: Fix build after previous commit 2009-12-12 23:55:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
af586419fd Add more WPA/IEEE 802.1X parameters into set_ieee8021x() driver op
This gets rid of the need to touch internal hostapd data structures
directly from the driver wrappers.
2009-12-12 23:50:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ff2a74eeb1 driver_bsd: Fix build (eapol_sm.h is not needed anymore) 2009-12-12 23:33:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e3bd3912ca Change set_ieee8021x driver op to use parameters structure
This makes it easier to extent the set of parameters passed to
this driver wrapper function.
2009-12-12 23:32:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
08fd8c15a0 Replace direct driver call to wpa_ft_rrb_rx() with driver event
This avoids need to include hostapd/wpa.h into the driver wrappers.
2009-12-12 22:43:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c779b04ab6 driver_wired: Share multicast membership add/drop function 2009-12-12 22:18:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
caf005b0fe driver_wired: Remove unneeded conditional building blocks 2009-12-12 22:07:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
50b5bf4eda Remove obsolete Prism54.org driver support (driver_prism54.c)
The Prism54.org project seems have been dead for a while and it does not
look like this driver would ever be maintained again. Furthermore, it is
difficult to find a version that would work with the driver_prism54.c
wrapper and there is another driver for these card in the Linux kernel
tree.

The hostapd integration in driver_prism54.c is quite different from the
other driver wrappers and would require major effort to get it cleaned
up. Since there does not seem to be any real users for the cleaned up
version, there does not seem to be justification to spend this effort on
the wrapper. This old code is making it much more difficult to clean up
the driver interface and at this point, the best option seems to be to
remove the driver wrappers. Should someone really still need this, the
old code will continue to be available in hostapd 0.6.x.
2009-12-12 20:52:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0531006644 driver_wired: Move STA entry processing away from driver wrapper
Get rid of hostapd/sta_info.h dependency by introducing a new driver
callback function for hostapd.
2009-12-12 20:39:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9008a3e44d Merge get_seqnum_igtk() driver op with get_seqnum()
IEEE 802.11w uses distinct key indexes (4 and 5) so the same
get_seqnum() handler can be used to fetch packet number for both
TKIP/CCMP and BIP(using IGTK).

Since the new get_seqnum_igtk() handler was not actually implemented by
any driver wrapper, this may also fix BIP/IGTK sequence number reporting
with driver_nl80211.c.
2009-12-11 00:15:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
90b8c4c5f8 Add Doxygen comments for rest of struct wpa_driver_ops members
All members have now at least minimal documentation.
2009-12-10 21:11:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6fe8296197 Move vendor-specific IE type defines away from driver.h
These are generic IEEE 802.11 defines and do not really need to be in
the driver interface specific header file.
2009-12-10 12:27:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
15333707d5 Add more documentation for driver ops 2009-12-10 01:21:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3484a18a13 hostapd: Remove unused bridge_packets configuration option
There was code for configuring this, but no driver wrapper actually
implements the actual setting. Remove this for now to reduce potential
confusion and to simply the driver interface.
2009-12-09 22:06:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fb7842aa51 Remove struct hostapd_rate_data from driver API
In addition to the bitrate, the only other variable in this structure
is used internally in hostapd. Move this structure into hostapd.h and
make the driver API use simpler data structure (array of bitrates).
2009-12-09 21:57:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
217e7eeaf0 Remove unused rate flags from driver use
These are not really used and can be removed to clean up the driver
interface definition. The only remaining flag (HOSTAPD_RATE_BASIC) can
be removed once the basic rate set indication can be handled
differently.
2009-12-09 21:38:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
22a7c9d735 Merge bss_add/bss_remove drivers ops into if_add/if_remove
if_add/if_remove can now be used as the generic driver ops for adding
and removing virtual interfaces of various types. In addition,
driver_nl80211.c is now including this code unconditionally, so that
the functions are not limited only for hostapd.
2009-12-09 16:49:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b5996353e7 Remove unused if_update() driver op 2009-12-09 15:47:20 +02:00
Masashi Honma
2a91091e15 Fix driver_bsd.c build
On NetBSD 5.0.1, driver_bsd.c build fails with message below.

../src/drivers/driver_bsd.c: In function 'wpa_driver_bsd_associate':
../src/drivers/driver_bsd.c:1170: warning: implicit declaration of function 'wpa_driver_bsd_set_auth_alg'
../src/drivers/driver_bsd.c: At top level:
../src/drivers/driver_bsd.c:1204: error: static declaration of 'wpa_driver_bsd_set_auth_alg' follows non-static declaration
../src/drivers/driver_bsd.c:1170: error: previous implicit declaration of 'wpa_driver_bsd_set_auth_alg' was here
gmake: *** [../src/drivers/driver_bsd.o] Error 1

This patch solves this issue.
2009-12-07 21:35:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
644a8f2208 Remove unused phytype RX info variable 2009-12-06 18:54:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a95795ad61 nl80211: Add extra IEs into IBSS join request
This allows RSN IE to be added into Beacon and Probe Response frames
when using RSN IBSS.
2009-12-04 22:20:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5cc4d64bf2 nl80211: Add support for IBSS networks 2009-12-04 00:15:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d72aad942b nl80211: Clear BSS state mismatches with deauth as a workaround
There seem to be some cases in which wpa_supplicant and
cfg80211/mac80211 seem to have different understanding on
authentication/association state. Since cfg80211/mac80211 is very strict
on when it accepts new authentication/association/scan commands, try our
best at clearing such state mismatches by explicitly deauthenticating
from BSSes with which the driver claims we are associated with if we do
not have local information about such association.
2009-12-02 17:54:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e6b8efeba0 nl80211: Add debug prints for BSS status in scan results
Print what the kernel believes the current BSS status (authenticated
or associated) is in scan results. In addition, check whether this
matches with the state that wpa_supplicant believes the driver to be
in.

This does not change the actual behavior, but will provide information
that will help in debugging potential issues where cfg80211/mac80211
seems to get into a different state from wpa_supplicant. In addition,
this provides an easy location for a workaround that could be added to
clear cfg80211/mac80211 state for unknown BSSes.
2009-12-02 16:45:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
03da66bd59 Remove src/crypto from default include path
In addition, start ordering header file includes to be in more
consistent order: system header files, src/utils, src/*, same
directory as the *.c file.
2009-11-29 23:04:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0c3abf8d22 Add driver wrapper callback for WPS push button pressed
This avoids the need to include ../hostapd/wps_hostapd.h into the
driver wrappers.
2009-11-29 18:18:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b8be7f5c03 driver_prism54: Use hostapd_notif_disassoc() instead of private copy 2009-11-29 18:13:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
67470d5112 Remove some unneeded header file inclusions 2009-11-29 18:07:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bcd154c343 Include sta_flags.h explicitly, not via sta_info.h 2009-11-29 18:00:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
90973fb2fd Remove src/common from default header file path
This makes it clearer which files are including header from src/common.
Some of these cases should probably be cleaned up in the future not to
do that.

In addition, src/common/nl80211_copy.h and wireless_copy.h were moved
into src/drivers since they are only used by driver wrappers and do not
need to live in src/common.
2009-11-29 17:51:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
197ef6abef nl80211: Remove unneeded header file: ieee802_11_common.h
driver_nl80211.c does not use anything from this header file.
2009-11-29 13:06:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fc4e2d9501 HT: Remove unneeded struct ht_cap_ie wrapper
It is simpler to just use the HT Capabilities IE payload structure
as-is.
2009-11-29 13:04:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
be8eb8ab3e Fix AP mode HT Capabilities IE to use A-MPDU Parameters from the driver
Instead of using hardcoded maximum A-MPDU length of 64 kB and no
restrictions on minimum MPDU Start Spacing, use the correct values
reported by the driver.
2009-11-29 12:21:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8e2c104fa1 Resolve some sparse warnings
Mainly, this is including header files to get definitions for functions
which is good to verify that the parameters match. None of these are
issues that would have shown as incorrect behavior of the program.
2009-11-25 00:57:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ec8d20187d Remove obsoleted get_scan_results() driver_ops
This has now been replaced with get_scan_results2() in every
in-tree driver.
2009-11-23 21:33:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c2e8d0a092 Remove deprecated scan and set_probe_req_ie driver_ops
These have been replaced with scan2 driver_ops that provides all
parameters in a single call.
2009-11-23 21:13:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4a867032ae Remove deprecated driver_ops handlers
This gets rid of previously deprecated driver_ops handlers set_wpa,
set_drop_unencrypted, set_auth_alg, set_mode. The same functionality
can be achieved by using the init/deinit/associate handlers.
2009-11-23 20:22:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e90bba4c59 Add cleared deprecation notes on iwl,ndiswrapper,madwifi(sta) wrappers
These driver wrappers should not be used anymore; WEXT should be used
instead. However, there may still be users stuck on older kernel versions
that may require driver specific wrappers, so the source code still
remains in the repository.
2009-11-23 17:08:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
642187d6bf Merge set_key and hapd_set_key driver_ops into a single function 2009-11-23 16:58:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fd7a5dd15f Move HOSTAPD_MTU definition into driver_hostap.c
This moves the MTU definition into driver_hostap.c since it was really
meant to be specific to this driver. Since this was the last remaining
definition in hostapd_defs.h, remove that header file as unnecessary.
2009-11-23 16:21:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0715247aa8 Remove unneeded set-MTU operation from drivers
This code was copied from driver_hostap.c where it is used with the
special wlan#ap interface. It was not supposed to be used to change
the MTU for a normal data interface.
2009-11-23 16:17:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d994a9b54e Move definitions away from hostapd_defs.h
Clean up definitions to reduce need to include header files from the
hostapd directory into files under the src subdirectories.
2009-11-23 16:14:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c1bb3e0a62 nl80211: Build some client functionality unconditionally
Even though this makes the hostapd version a bit larger, the code will
be easier to maintain with the reduced number of complex ifdef blacks.
2009-11-23 15:40:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dbb2618300 nl80211: Remove last remaining WEXT code
Clean up driver_nl80211.c by gettign rid of the last remaining WEXT use.
This requires that a recent mac80211 version is used to get full protection
in station mode via the authorized flag (IEEE 802.1X PAE).
2009-11-23 15:30:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5d67487244 Merge set_beacon driver_ops into a single one
Clean up driver interface by merging hostapd and wpa_supplicant
specific set_beacon driver_ops into a single one. In addition,
merge set_beacon_int into to the same operation.
2009-11-23 15:26:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a3c6598fcd Add 'none' driver as an option for wpa_supplicant
This can be used, e.g., with WPS ER when no network interface is
actually used for IEEE 802.1X or wireless operations.
2009-11-20 21:12:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
62fa124ce2 nl80211/SME: Use reassociation when roaming within the ESS 2009-11-17 19:25:05 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
6980c19127 hostapd: fix AP mode initialization for nl80211
Always bring down the wlan interface, even when not changing the
BSSID, the interface also needs to be down for changing its type
from managed to AP mode.
2009-11-11 16:47:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
feae037c25 driver_prism54: Use os_zalloc instead of malloc to clear memory
This will make sure the full buffer is initialized even if some
fields were not explicitly set.
2009-11-10 17:08:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
08eb154db5 Fix MCS set field to be based on driver info
Instead of using hardcoded Rx MCS bitmask (indexes 0..15 enabled),
use the real information from the driver capabilities.
2009-11-05 12:38:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0ae7b08691 Work around some gcc 4.4 strict-aliasing warnings
gcc 4.4 ends up generating strict-aliasing warnings about some very common
networking socket uses that do not really result in a real problem and
cannot be easily avoided with union-based type-punning due to struct
definitions including another struct in system header files. To avoid having
to fully disable strict-aliasing warnings, provide a mechanism to hide the
typecast from aliasing for now. A cleaner solution will hopefully be found
in the future to handle these cases.
2009-11-04 19:49:14 +02:00
Masashi Honma
9b336bcef0 DragonFly BSD: Fix driver_bsd.c build
Both hostapd/wpa_supplicant compilation fails on DragonFly BSD.

This patch solves this issue.

I have tested only compilation. Not functionality.
Because I don't have any device which can work on DragonFly BSD.
2009-10-12 09:56:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6d6f4bb87f nl80211: Work around mac80211 limitation on (re)auth when authenticated
mac80211 does not currently allow (re)authentication when we are already
authenticated. In order to work around this, force deauthentication if
nl80211 authentication command fails with EALREADY. Unfortunately, the
workaround code in driver_nl80211.c alone is not enough since the
following disconnection event would clear wpa_supplicant authentication
state. To handle this, add some code to restore authentication state
when using userspace SME.

This workaround will hopefully become unnecessary in some point should
mac80211 start accepting new authentication requests even when in
authenticated state.
2009-10-12 09:39:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b3ad11bb80 nl80211: Add parsing of NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO into scan results 2009-10-01 17:53:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d942a79e6a nl80211: Recognize NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN events
Replace "nl80211: Ignored unknown event (cmd=33)" with
"nl80211: Scan trigger" to make debug output clearer. We do not
currently do anything with this event apart from showing it in
the debug log.
2009-10-01 13:58:17 +03:00
Author: Johannes Berg
1c766b094a nl80211: Fix a typo in set_sta_vlan()
The VLAN interface index needs to use NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN. It was
adding a duplicate NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
2009-09-30 19:23:52 +03:00
Masashi Honma
f335c69e14 DragonFly BSD: Fix wired IEEE 802.1X
On DragonFly BSD, wired IEEE 802.1X fails with this message:
ioctl[SIOC{ADD/DEL}MULTI]: Invalid argument

This patch solves this issue.

I have tested with these:
OS : DragonFly BSD 2.4.0
EAP : EAP-TLS
Switch : Cisco Catalyst 2950
2009-09-28 16:10:02 +03:00
Masashi Honma
40e107c129 Mac OS X: Fix wired IEEE 802.1X 2009-09-26 19:29:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2aa5f84709 nl80211: Use defines for NL80211_KEY_CIPHER values 2009-09-15 11:23:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d723bab4b3 Revert "nl80211: Share the same routine for NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER setup"
This reverts commit 5aa9cb5cca.

The nested key attribute is using different attribute values
(NL80211_KEY_* vs. NL80211_ATTR_KEY_*), so cannot share the same routine
for these purposes..
2009-09-15 11:21:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5aa9cb5cca nl80211: Share the same routine for NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER setup 2009-09-15 10:54:41 +03:00
Johannes Berg
0194fedb46 driver_nl80211: Fix MLME key settings for static WEP
Current wpa_supplicant has a bug with WEP keys, it adds a zero-length
sequence counter field to netlink which the kernel doesn't accept.

Additionally, the kernel API slightly changed to accept keys only when
connected, so we need to send it the keys after that. For that to work
with shared key authentication, we also include the default WEP TX key
in the authentication command.

To upload the keys properly _after_ associating, add a new flag
WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SET_KEYS_AFTER_ASSOC_DONE indicating that the driver
needs the keys at that point and not earlier.
2009-09-15 10:48:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6e4f461270 Fix driver_test for hostapd
Commit 0b55b934ee broke this by not
initializing drv->ap = 1 in hostapd case since the mode updating
code ended up unlinking the socket file. Setting drv->ap = 1
removes the mode change and as such, unlinking of the socket file.
2009-09-11 16:45:34 +03:00